SIPROTEC
Differential Protection
7UT613/63x
V4.60
Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Preface
Introduction 1
Functions 2
Mounting and Commissioning 3
Technical Data 4
Appendix A
Literature
Glossary
Index
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Disclaimer of Liability
We have checked the text of this manual for conformity w ith the
hardware and software described. However, since deviations
cannot be ruled out entirely, we do not accept liability for com-
plete conformity or for any any errors or omissions.
The information given in this document is reviewed regularly and
any necessary corrections will be included in subsequent edi-
tions. We appreciate any suggestions for improvement.
We reserve the right to make technical improvements without
notice.
Copyright
Copyright© Siemens AG 2006. All rights reserved.
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its con-
tents is not permitted without express written authority . Offenders
will be liable for damages. All rights reserved, particularly for the
purposes of patent application or trademark registration.
Registered Trademarks
SIPROTEC, SINAUT, SICAM and DIGSI are registered trade-
marks of SIEMENS AG. Other designations in this manual might
be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes
would infringe the rights of the owner.
Document Version: 4.60.04
37UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Preface
Purpose of this
Manual This manual describes the functions, operation, installation, and commissioning of the
7UT613/63x devices. In particular, one will find:
Informatio n rega r din g th e co nfig u ra tio n of the de vice and de scr ipt i ons of device
functions and settings Chapter 2;
Instruction for mounting and commissioning Chapter 3,
List of technical data Chapter 4;
As well as a compilation of the most significant data for experienced users Ap-
pendix A.
General information abo ut design, configuration, and opera tion of SIPROTEC 4
devices are laid down in the SIPROTEC 4 System Description /1/.
Target Audience Protection en gin eer s, co mm iss i on ing engineers, personnel concerned with adjust-
ment, checking, and service of selective protective equip ment, automatic and contro l
facilities, and personnel of electrical facilities and power plants.
Applicability of this
Manual This manual is valid for: SIPROTEC 4 Differential Protection 7UT613/63x; firmware
version V4.60.
Indication of Con-
formity
This product is UL-certified according to the Technical Data:
This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European Commu-
nities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electro-
magnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and concerning elec-
trical equipment for use within specified voltage limits (Low-voltage directive 73/23
EEC).
This conformity has been proved by tests conducted by Siemens AG in accor-
dance with Article 10 of the Council Directive in agreement with the generic stan-
dards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 (for EMC directive) and the standard
EN 60255-6 (for low-voltage directive).
This device was designed and produced for industrial use.
The product conforms to the international standards of the series IEC 60255 and
the German standard VDE 0435.
Further Standards IEEE Std C37.90-*
Preface
47UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Additional Support Should further information on the SIPROTEC 4 System be desired or should particular
problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purpose, the
matter should be referred to the local Siemens representative.
Training Courses Individual course offerings may be found in our T raining Catalogue, or questions may
be directed to our training centre in Nuremberg.
WARNING!
When operating an electrical device, certain parts of the device inevitably have dan-
gerous voltages.
Death, severe personal injur y or subst antial pr op erty d ama ge can r esult if the device
is not handled properly.
Only qualified personnel shall work on and around this equipment. It must be thor-
oughly familiar with all warnings and safety notices of this manual as well as with the
applicable safety regulations.
The successful and safe ope ration o f this device is depe ndent on proper handling, in-
stallatio n, operation, and maintenance by qua lified personnel under observan ce of all
warnings and hints contained in this manual.
Of particu lar importance a re the general inst allation and safety re gulations for work in
a high-voltage environment (for example, ANSI, IEC, EN, DIN, or other national and
international regulations). These regulations must be observed.
Instructions and
Warnings The warnings and no tes contained in this manual serve for your own safety and for
an appropriate lifetime of the device. Please observe them!
The following indicators and standard definitions are used:
DANGER
indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage will
result if proper precautions are not take n.
Warning
indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage can
result if proper precautions are not take n.
Caution
indicates that minor personal injury or proper ty damage can resu lt if proper precau -
tions are not t aken. This particularly app lies to damage on or in the device itself and
consequential damage thereof.
Note
indicates information about the device or respective part of the instruction manual
which is essential to highlight.
Preface
5
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Deviations may be permitted in dra wings and tables when the type of designator can
be obviously derived from the illustration.
The following symbols are used in dra wings:
Definition QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
For the purpose of this instruction ma nual and p roduct labels, a qu alified person is
one who is familiar with the installation, construction and operation of the equipment
and the hazards involved. In addition, he has the following qualifications:
Is trained and auth orized to energize, de-energize, clear, ground and tag cir cuits
and equipment in accordance with established safe ty pr ac tice s.
Is trained in the proper care and use of protective equipm ent in accordance with
established safety practices.
Is trained in rend e rin g firs t ai d.
Typographic and
Graphical Conven-
tions
To designate terms which refer in the text to informatio n of the device or for the
device, the following fonts are used:
Parameter names
Designators of configuration or fun ction parameters which may appear word-for-
word in the display of the device or on the screen of a personal computer (with
DIGSI), are marked in bold letters of a monospace font. The same goes for the titles
of menus.
1234A
Parameter addre sses have the same ch aracter style as p arameter names. Param-
eter addresses in overview table s contain the suff ix A, if the parameter is only avail-
able using the option Display additional settings.
Parameter Conditions
Possible settings of text parameters, which may appear word-for-word in the
display of the device or on the screen of a personal computer (with operation soft-
ware DIGSI), are additionally written in italics. The same goes for the op tions of the
menus.
„Annunciations“
Designators for information, which may be output by the relay or required from other
devices or from the switch gear, are marked in a monosp ace type style in quotation
marks.
Device-internal logical input signal
Device-internal (logical) output signal
Internal input signal of an analog quantity
External binary input signal with number (binary input, input
indication)
External binary output signal with number (device indication)
Preface
67UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Besides these, graphical symbols are used according to IEC 60617-12 and IEC
60617-13 or symbols derived from these standards. Some of the most frequently used
are listed below:
External binary output signal with number (device indication)
used as input signal
Example of a parameter switch designated FUNCTION with
the address 1234 and the possible settings ON and OFF
Input signal of an analog quantity
AND gate
OR gate
Exclusive OR (antivalence): output is active, if only one of
the inputs is active
Coincidence gate (equivalence): output is active if both
inputs are active or inactive at the same time
Dynamic inputs (edge–triggered) above with positive, below
with negative edge
Formation of one analog output signal from a number of
analog input signals
Limit stage with setting address and parameter designator
(name)
Timer (pickup de lay T, example adjus table) wi th se ttin g
address and parameter designator (name)
Timer (dropout delay T, example non-adjustable)
Dynamic triggered pulse timer T (monoflop)
Static memory (RS-flipflop) with setting input (S), resetting
input (R), output (Q) and inverted output (Q)
77UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Contents
1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.1 Overall Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2 Application Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.3 Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2 Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.1.1 Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.1.1.1 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.1.1.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.1.1.3 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.1.2 EN100-Modul 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.1.2.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.1.2.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.1.2.3 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.1.3 Configuration of the Functional Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.1.3.1 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.1.3.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.1.4 Power System Data 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1.4.1 Topology of the Protected Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1.4.2 General Power System Data (Power System Data 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.1.4.3 Assignment of Protection Functions to Measuring Locations / Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.1.4.4 Circuit Breaker Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.1.4.5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2.1.4.6 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.1.5 Setting Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.1.5.1 Setting Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.1.5.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.1.5.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.1.5.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.1.6 Power System Data 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.1.6.1 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.1.6.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.1.6.3 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Contents
87UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.2 Differential Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.2.1 Functional Description of the Differential Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.2.2 Differential Protection for Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.2.3 Differential Protection for Generators, Motors, and Series Reactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.2.4 Differential Protection for Shunt Reactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.2.5 Differential Protection for Mini-Busbars and Short Lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.2.6 Single-phase Differential Protection for Busbars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.2.7 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2.2.8 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.2.9 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
2.3 Restricted Earth Fault Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
2.3.1 Application Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
2.3.2 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
2.3.3 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
2.3.4 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.3.5 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.4 Time Overcurrent Protection for Phase and Residual Currents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
2.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
2.4.1.1 Definite Time, Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (UMZ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
2.4.1.2 Inverse Time Overcurrent Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
2.4.1.3 Manual Close Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.4.1.4 Dynamic Cold Load Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.4.1.5 Inrush Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
2.4.1.6 Fast Busbar Protectio n Using Reverse Interlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
2.4.2 Time Overcurrent Protection for Phase Currents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.4.2.1 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.4.2.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.4.2.3 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.4.3 Time Overcurrent Protection for Residual Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
2.4.3.1 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
2.4.3.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.4.3.3 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.5 Time Overcurrent Protection for Earth Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.5.2 Definite Time, Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection (UMZ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.5.3 Inverse Time Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
2.5.4 Manual Close Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.5.5 Dynamic Cold Load Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.5.6 Inrush Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.5.7 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.5.8 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
2.5.9 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Contents
9
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.6 Dynamic Cold Load Pickup for Time Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
2.6.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
2.6.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2.6.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
2.6.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
2.7 Single-Phase Time Overcurrent Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.7.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.7.2 High-impedance Differential Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
2.7.3 Tank Leakage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
2.7.4 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
2.7.5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
2.7.6 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
2.8 Unbalanced Load Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
2.8.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
2.8.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
2.8.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
2.8.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
2.9 Thermal Overload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.9.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.9.2 Overload Protection Using a Thermal Replica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.9.3 Overload protection using a thermal replica with ambient temperature influence. . . . . . . 223
2.9.4 Hot-Spot Calculation and Determination of the Ageing Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2.9.5 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.9.6 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
2.9.7 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.10 RTD-Boxes for Overload Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2.10.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2.10.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2.10.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
2.10.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
2.11 Overexcitation Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2.11.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2.11.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
2.11.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.11.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.12 Reverse Power Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.12.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.12.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.12.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
2.12.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Contents
10 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.13 Forward Power Supervision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.13.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.13.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
2.13.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
2.13.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
2.14 Undervoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
2.14.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
2.14.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
2.14.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.14.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.15 Overvoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
2.15.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
2.15.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
2.15.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
2.15.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
2.16 Frequency Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.16.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.16.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.16.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
2.16.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.17 Circuit Breaker Failure Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.17.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.17.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
2.17.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
2.17.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
2.18 External Trip Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
2.18.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
2.18.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
2.18.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
2.18.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Contents
11
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.19 Monitoring Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
2.19.1 Measurement Supervision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
2.19.1.1 Hardware Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
2.19.1.2 Software Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
2.19.1.3 Monitoring of Measured Quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
2.19.1.4 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
2.19.1.5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
2.19.1.6 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
2.19.2 Trip Circuit Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
2.19.2.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
2.19.2.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
2.19.2.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
2.19.2.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
2.19.3 Malfunction Responses of the Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
2.19.3.1 Summary of the most important Monitoring Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
2.19.4 Parameterisation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
2.20 Protection Function Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
2.20.1 Pickup Logic for the Entire Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
2.20.1.1 General Device Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
2.20.2 Tripping Logic for the Entire Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
2.20.2.1 General Tripping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
2.21 Disconnection of Measuring Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
2.21.1 Functional Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
2.21.2 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Contents
12 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.22 Additional Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
2.22.1 Processing of Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
2.22.1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
2.22.1.2 Operational Annunciations (Buffer: Event Log) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
2.22.1.3 Fault Annunciations (Buffer: Trip Log). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
2.22.1.4 Spontaneous Annunciations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
2.22.1.5 General Interrogation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
2.22.1.6 Switching Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
2.22.2 Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
2.22.2.1 Display and T ransmission of Measured Valuables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
2.22.2.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
2.22.2.3 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
2.22.3 Thermal Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
2.22.3.1 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
2.22.3.2 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
2.22.4 Differential and Restraining Measured Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
2.22.4.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
2.22.4.2 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
2.22.5 Set Points for Measured Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
2.22.5.1 User Defined Set-Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
2.22.6 Energy Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
2.22.6.1 Energy Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
2.22.6.2 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
2.22.7 Flexible Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
2.22.7.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
2.22.7.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
2.22.7.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
2.22.7.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
2.22.8 Oscillographic Fault Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
2.22.8.1 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
2.22.8.2 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
2.22.8.3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
2.22.8.4 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
2.22.9 Commissioning Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
2.22.9.1 Web Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
2.23 Average Values, Minimum and Maximum Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
2.23.1 Demand Measurement Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2.23.1.1 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2.23.1.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2.23.2 Min/Max Measurement Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2.23.2.1 Setting Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2.23.2.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
2.23.2.3 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
2.24 Command Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.24.1 Control Authorization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.24.1.1 Type of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.24.1.2 Sequence in the Command Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.24.1.3 Interlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
2.24.1.4 Recording and Acknowledgement of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
2.24.1.5 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Contents
13
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
3 Mounting and Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
3.1 Mounting and Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
3.1.1 Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
3.1.2 Hardware Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3.1.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3.1.2.2 Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
3.1.2.3 Switching Elements on Printed Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
3.1.2.4 Interface Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
3.1.2.5 Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
3.1.3 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
3.1.3.1 Panel Flush Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
3.1.3.2 Rack and Cubicle Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
3.1.3.3 Panel Surface Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
3.1.3.4 Removing the Transport Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
3.2 Checking Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
3.2.1 Checking Data Connections of Serial Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
3.2.2 Checking the System Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
3.3 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
3.3.1 Test Mode / Transmission Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
3.3.2 Test Time Synchronisation Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
3.3.3 Testing the System Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
3.3.4 Checking the switching states of the binary Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
3.3.5 Checking the Setting Consistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
3.3.6 Secondary Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
3.3.7 Circuit Breaker Failure Protection Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
3.3.8 Symmetrical, Primary Current Tests on the Protected Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
3.3.9 Zero Sequence Current Tests on the Protected Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
3.3.10 Current Tests for Busbar Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
3.3.11 Checking for the No n-assigned Single-phase Current Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
3.3.12 Checking the Voltage Connections and Polarity Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
3.3.13 Testing User-defined Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
3.3.14 Stability Check and Triggering Os cillographic Recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
3.4 Final Preparation of the Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Contents
14 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
4 Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
4.1.1 Analogue Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
4.1.2 Auxiliary Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
4.1.3 Binary Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
4.1.4 Frequency Measur ement via the Positive Phase-sequence Voltage U1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
4.1.5 Communications Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
4.1.6 Electrical Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
4.1.7 Mechanical Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
4.1.8 Climatic Stress Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
4.1.9 Service Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
4.1.10 Constructional Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
4.2 Differential Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
4.3 Restr icte d ea rt h fa ult pr ot ection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
4.4 Time Overcurrent Protection for Phase and Residual Currents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
4.5 Time Overcurrent Protection for Earth Current (Starpoint Current) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
4.6 Dynamic Cold Load Pickup for Time Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
4.7 Single-Phase Time Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
4.8 Unbalanced Load Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
4.9 Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
4.10 RTD Boxes for Overload Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
4.11 Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
4.12 Reverse Power Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
4.13 Forward active power supervision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
4.14 Undervoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
4.15 Overvoltage Protection (ANSI 59) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
4.16 Frequency Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
4.17 Circuit Breaker Failure Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
4.18 External Trip Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
4.19 Monitoring Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
4.20 User-defined Functions (CFC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
4.21 Flexible Protection Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
4.22 Additional Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Contents
15
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
4.23 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
4.23.1 Panel Surface Mounting (Enclosure Size 1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
4.23.2 Panel Surface Mounting (Enclosure Size 1/1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
4.23.3 Panel Surface and Cabinet Mounting (Enclosure Size 1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
4.23.4 Panel Surface and Cabinet Mounting (Enclosure Size 1/1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
4.23.5 RTD box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
A.1 Ordering Information and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
A.1.1 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
A.1.1.1 Differentia l Protection 7UT613 for 3 Measuring Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
A.1.1.2 Differential Protection 7UT633 and 7UT635 for 3 to 5 measuring locations . . . . . . . . . . . 499
A.1.2 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
A.2 Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
A.2.1 Panel Flush and Cubicle Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
A.2.2 Panel Surface Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
A.3 Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
A.3.1 Current Transformer Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
A.3.2 Voltage Transformer Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
A.3.3 Assignment of Protection Functions to Protected Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
A.4 Current Transformer Requireme nts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Current Transformer in accordance with BS 3938/IEC 60044-1 (2000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Current Transformer in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C 57.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
A.5 Default Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
A.5.1 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
A.5.2 Binary Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
A.5.3 Binary Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
A.5.4 Function Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
A.5.5 Default Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
A.5.6 Pre-defined CFC Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
A.6 Protocol-dependent Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
A.7 Functional Scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
A.8 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
A.9 Information List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
A.10 Group Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
A.11 Measured Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Contents
16 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Glossary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
177UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Introduction 1
Differential ProtectionThe SIPROTEC 4 device 7UT613/63x is introduced in this chap-
ter . You are presented with an overview of t he scope of application, the properties and
functional scope of the 7UT613/63x.
1.1 Overall Operation 18
1.2 Application Scope 21
1.3 Characteristics 23
1 Introduction
18 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
1.1 Overall Operation
The digital differential protection devices SIPROTEC 4 7UT613/63x are equipped with
a powerful microprocessor system. This provides fully numerical processing of all
functions in the device, from the acquisition of the measured values up to the output
of commands to the circuit breakers
Figure 1-1 Hardware structure of the digital differential current protection relay 7UT613/63x
— Example of a 7UT613 for a three-winding transformer with measuring loca-
tions M1, M2 and M3, with 3 auxiliary 1-ph ase inputs X1, X2 and X3
Analogue Inputs The analogue inputs (AI) transform the currents and voltages derived from the instru-
ment transfo rm e rs an d m atc h th em to the internal signal levels for processing in the
device. Depending on the version, the device features between 12 current inputs
(7UT613/7UT633) and 16 current input s (7UT635 ). Three current inputs are provided
for the input of the phase currents at each end of the protected zone (= measuring
points), further measuring inputs (= additional inputs) may be used for any desired cur-
rent, e.g. the earth current measured between the starpoint of a transformer winding
1.1 Overall Operation
19
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
and earth, or other single-phase measuring currents. One o r two additional inputs can
be designed for highly sensitive curr ent detection, This, for example, allows the detec-
tion of small tank leakage currents of power transformers or - with an external series
resistor - the det ec tio n of a vo ltage (e.g. for high-impedance unit protection).
The versions 7UT613 and 7UT633 can be ord ered with 4 additio nal volt age inp ut s. 3
of these inputs can be connected to the phase-to-earth voltages. Another voltage input
can be used for a sing le-ph ase voltage, such as a displacement voltag e or any othe r
voltage. In principle, the differential protection is designed such that it can operate
without measured voltages. However, the integrated overexcitation protection uses
the measuring voltage to calculate the induction in transformers or shunt reactors. In
addition, the measuring voltages and the quantities derived from them (induction,
power, power factor) can be displayed, annunci ated and/or monitore d by the device if
the voltages are connected.
The analogue signals are then routed to the input amplifier group “IA”.
The input amplifier group IA provides high-resistance termination for the analogue
input quantities and cont ains filters tha t are optimised for measured value pro cessing
with regard to bandwidth and processing speed.
The analogue-to-digital (AD) stage consists of a multiplexor, an analogue-to-digital
(A/D) converter and memory compone nts for th e transmission of digit al signals to the
microcomputer system.
Microcomputer
system In addition to the control of the measured values, the actual protection and control
functions are processed in the µC microcomputer system. In particular, the following
is included:
filtering and conditioning of measured signals
continuous monitoring of measured signals
monitoring of the pickup conditions of the individual protective functions
Conditioning of the measured signals: i.e. conversion of currents according to the
connection grou p of the protecte d transforme r (when used for transformer d if feren-
tial protection) and matching of the current amplitudes.
formation of the differential and restraint quantities
calculation of the RMS values of the currents for overload detection and adjustment
of the temperature ri se of the protected object
retrieval of threshold values and time sequences
processing of signals for the logic functions
Processing User -defined Logic Functions
reaching trip command decisions
Check of control commands and output to switching devices
storage of indications, fault data and fault values for fault analysis purposes
Calculation and display/annunciation of measured values an d the quantities
derived from the m
management of the opera ting system and its functions, e.g . data storage, real- time
clock, communication, interfaces, etc.
The information is provided via output amplifier OA.
1 Introduction
20 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Binary Inputs and
Outputs Binary inputs and outputs from and to the computer system are routed via the I/O
modules (input s a nd ou tput s). T he computer system ob t ains the informatio n from th e
system (e.g remote resetting) or from other devices (e.g. blocking co mmands). These
outputs inclu de, in particular, trip commands to switchgear and signals for re mote a n-
nunciation of imp o rtant events and cond itio ns.
Front Elements Devices with operator panel have light emitting diodes (LEDs) and a display screen
(LCD) on the front p ane l to prov ide informa tion such as measur ed value s, messages
related to events or faults, status, and functional status..
Integrated control and numeric keys in conjunction with the LCD facilitate local inter-
action with the 7UT6. All information of th e device can be accessed using the integrat-
ed control and numeric keys. The information includes protective and control settings,
operating and fault messages, and measured values.
In addition, control of circuit breakers and other equipment is possible from the 7UT6
front panel.
Version 7UT613 provides a 4-line LC display in front, while versions 7UT633 and
7UT635 have a graphic displa y. The latter also has a key switch and a control key for
on-site control of the device.
Serial interfaces V ia the serial operator interface in the front panel, communication with a personal
computer using the operating program DIGSI is possible. This facilitates a comfortable
handling of all device functions.
A serial service interface can likewise make communicatio n via PC with the device
possible by using DIGSI. This port is especially well suited for the fixed wiring of the
devices to the PC or operation via a modem .
All data can be transferred to a central control or monitoring system via the serial
system port. This interface may be provided with various protocols and physical
transmission schemes to suit the particular application.
A further interface is provided for the time synchronization of the internal clock via
external synch ro ni zation sources.
Further communication protocols can be realized via additional interface modules.
The service port, or an optional additional interface, can also be used to connect a
RTD-Box (= resistance temper ature detector) for entering external temperatures (e.g.
for overload protection).
Power Supply The functional unit s describe d are supplied b y a power supply PS with the necessary
power in the different voltage levels. Transient dips of the supply voltage, which may
occur during short-circuit in the power supply system, are bridged by a capacitor (see
also Technical Data).
1.2 Application Scope
21
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
1.2 Application Scope
The numerical differential protection SIPROTEC 4 7UT613/63x is a fast and selective
short-circuit protection for transformers of all voltage l evels, for rotating machines, for
series and shunt reactors, or for short lines and mini-busbars with 2 to 5 feeders (de-
pending on the version). It can also be used as a single-phase protection for busbars
with up to 9 or 12 feeders (depending on the version). The individual application can
be configured, which ensures optimum matching to the protected object.
The device is also suited for two-phase connection for use in systems with 16.7 Hz
rated frequency.
A major advant age of the dif ferential protecti on principle is the instan t aneous tripping
in the event of a short-circuit at any point within the entire protected zone. The current
transformers limit th e protected zo ne at the ends towa rds the network. Thi s rigid limit
is the reason why the differential protection scheme shows such an ideal selectivity.
For use as transformer protection, the 7UT613/63x is normally connected to the
current transformer sets which limit the power transformer windings against the re-
mainder of the system. The phase displacement and the interlinkage of the currents
due to the winding connection of the transformer are matched in the device by calcu-
lation algorithms. The earthing conditions of the starpoint(s) can be adapted to the
user's requirements and are automatically considered in the matching algorithms.
Also, the currents from multiple measuring poin ts on one side of the protected object
can be combined.
For use as generator or motor pr otection, the 7UT613/63x compares the currents in
the starpo int leads of the machine and at it s terminals. Simila r applies for series reac-
tors.
Short lines or mini-b usbars with 3 to 5 end o r feeders (de pending on the version) can
be protected as well. "Short" means that the current transformers lead between the
CTs and the device do not form an impermissible burden for the CTs.
For transformers, generators, motors, or shunt reactors with earthed starpoint, th e
current between the starpoint and earth can be measured and used for highly sensitive
earth fault protection.
The 9 or 12 measured curr ent inputs (depending on the version) of the device allow
for a single-phase protection for busbars with up to 9 o r 12 feeders. One 7UT613/63x
is used per phase in this case. Alternatively, (external) sum m a tion tra ns fo rm e rs ca n
be installed in order to allow a busbar protection for up to 9 or 12 feeders with one
single 7UT613/63x relay.
Where not all analog measuring inputs are needed for the measured values of the pro-
tected object, the r emainin g input s can be used for other, independent measurem ent
or protection tasks. If a 7UT635 (with 3 three-phase measuring inputs) is used, for in-
stance, on a three-winding transformer, the two remaining measuring inputs ca n be
used for overcurrent protection of a different protected object, e.g. the auxiliaries
system circuit.
One or two additional current inputs designed for very high sensitivity ar e also avail-
able. They may be used e.g. for detection of small leakage currents between the t ank
of transformers or reactors an earth, thus recognising even high-resistance fau lts.
High-resistance voltage measurement is also possible using an external series resis-
tor.
For transfo rm e rs (in clu din g au to -t ra ns formers), generators, and shunt reactors, a
high-impedance unit protection system can be formed using high-impedance earth
fault protection. In this ca se, the curre nt s of all curr ent transformers ( of equal de sign)
1 Introduction
22 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
at the ends of the protected zone feed a common (external) high-ohmic resistor The
current in this resistor is measur ed using a high-sensitive current input 7UT613/63x.
The device provides backup time overcurrent protection functions for all types of pro-
tected objects. The functions can be enabled for any side or measuring location.
A thermal overload protection function is av ailable for any type of machine. The func-
tions can be enabled fo r any side. External detectors account for the coolant temper-
ature (by means of an external RTD-box). This allows to calculate and outpu t the hot-
spot temperature and the relative ageing rate.
An unbalanced load protection function is provided for the detection of unsymmetrical
currents. Phase failures and negative sequence currents, which are especially dan-
gerous for rotating machines, can thus be detected.
Performance functions allow devices with voltage measuring inputs to implement a
reverse power protection or monitor the forward power supply(in the power station
sector). In the system they can be used for network decoupling. Power results and
their components can be emitted as measured values.
The versions with voltage inputs are provided with an integrated overexcitation protec-
tion for the detection of excessive induction states in shun t rea ct ion s (tr an sformers,
shunt reactors). This protection function monitors the ratio U/f, which is proportional to
the induction B in the iron core. An imminent iron core saturation, which can occur es-
pecially in power st ations following (full) load shut down and/or frequency reductio n, is
thus detected.
An undervoltage and overvolta ge protection is to be integrated into devices with
voltage measuring inputs. A 4-stage frequency protection monitors the frequency from
the measured voltages.
A version for two-phase application is available for traction supply (transformers or
generators) which provides all functions suited for this application (differential protec-
tion, restricted earth fault protection, overcurrent protection, overload protection).
With 7UT613/63x two circuit-breaker failure protection functions can be realised. A
circuit-breaker failure protection ch ecks th e r eaction of on e circu it breaker a fter a trip
command. It can be assigned to any of the sides of a protected object.
More protection, supe rvision and measuring function s can be configured with flexible
functions. Up to 12 of these functions can be specified; the measured quantities you
want to process and which reactions the device is to trigger when under/overshoo ting
adjustable limit values. With that you can create time overcurrent protection and
process voltages, power or symmetrical components of measured quantities.
One can configure the calculation of minimum, maximum and/or average values
and/or minimum, maximum of the average values of up to 20 selectable measured
quantities, thus receiving one's own statistical data.
1.3 Characteristics
23
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
1.3 Characteristics
General Features Powerful 32-bit microprocessor system.
Complete dig ital measur ed valu e pr o ces sin g an d co nt ro l, f rom th e sam p ling an d
digitalization of the analogue input quantities to the initiation of outputs for tripping
or closing circuit breakers.
Complete galvanic and reliable separation between the in ternal processing circuits
of the device and the external measurement, control, and power supply circuits
because of the design of the analog input transducers, binary input and output mod-
ules, and the DC/DC or AC/DC converters.
Suitable for power transformers, generator, motors, reactors, or smaller busbar ar-
rangements, as well as for multi-terminal lines and multi-winding transformers
Easy device operation through an integrated operator panel or by means of a con-
nected personal computer running DIGSI.
Transformer Differ-
ential Protection Current restraint tripping characteristic
Restraint feature against high inrush currents with 2nd harmonic
Restraint feature against transient and steady-state fault currents caused e.g. by
overexcitation of transformers, using a further harmonic (3rd or 5th harmonic)
Insensitivity to DC components and current transformer saturation
High level of stability even with different degrees of current transformer saturation
High-speed instantaneous trip in case of high-current transformer faults
Adjustable to the conditioning of the starpoint(s) of the power trans fo rm e r
Increased earth-fault sensitivity during detection of the ground current of an earthed
transformer winding
Integrated matching of the transformer connection group
Integrated match ing of the tr ansfo rmatio n ratio including different rated currents of
the transformer windings
Differential Protec-
tion for Genera to rs
and Motors
Current restraint tripping characteristic.
High sensitivity
Short tripping time
Insensitivity to DC components and current transformer saturation
High level of stability even with different degrees of current transformer saturation
Independent of the conditioning of the starpoint
Differential Protec-
tion for Mini-
Busbars and Short
Lines
Tripping characteristic with current restraint
Short tripping time
Insensitivity to DC components and current transformer saturation
High level of stability even with different degrees of current transformer saturation
Monitoring of the current connections with operation currents
1 Introduction
24 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Busbar Protection 1-phase differ ential protection for a busbar with up to 9 or 12 feeders (depending
on the version)
Either one relay per phase or one relay connected via interposed summation
current transformers
Tr ipp in g ch ar acteristic with cur re n t res t rain t
Short tripping time
Insensitivity to DC components and current transformer saturation
High level of stability even with different degrees of current transformer saturation
Monitoring of the current connectio ns with operation currents.
Earth Fault Differ-
ential Protection Earth fault protection for earthed transformer windings, generators, motors, shunt
reactors, or starpoint formers
Short command duration
High sensitivity for ea rt h fau l ts within the pr ot ec ted z one
High stability against external earth faults using the magnitude and phase relation-
ship of through-flowing earth current.
2 earth-fault differential protection functions possible
High-impedance
Unit Protection Highly sensitive fault current detection using a common (external) burden resistor
Short tripping time
Insensitive against DC components and current transformer saturation
High stability with optimum matching
Suitable for earth fault detection on earthed generators, motors, shunt reactors, and
transformers, including auto-transformers, with or without earthed starpoint.
Suitable for any voltage mea surement (via the resistor curre nt) for application of
high-impedance unit protection
Tank Leakage Pro-
tection For transformers or reactors the tank of which is installed isolated or with high re-
sistance
Monitoring of the current flowing between the tan k and ground
Can be connected via a „normal“ current input of the device or the special highly
sensitive current input (3 mA smallest setting).
Time Overcurrent
Protection for
Phase Currents and
Residual Current
T wo definite time delayed overcurrent stages for each of the phase currents and the
residual (threefold zero sequence) current, can be assigned to any of the sides of
the protected ob j ec t or to any me a su rin g po int
Additionally, one inverse time de layed over cur rent stage for each of the phase cur-
rents and the residual current
Selection of various inverse time characteristics of different standards is possible,
alternatively a us er def ine d ch ar ac te rist ic can be specified
The stages can be combined as desired, different characteristics can be selected
for phase currents on the one hand and the residual current on the other
External blocking facility for any stage (e.g. for reverse interlock i ng)
1.3 Characteristics
25
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Instantaneous tripping possible at any stage when closing onto a short-circuit
Inrush restraint using the second harmo nic of the measured current
Dynamic switchover of the time overcurrent protection settin gs, e.g. during cold-
load sta rt-up of the power plant
3 time overcurrent protection functions for phase currents and residual current
Time Overcurrent
Protection for Earth
Current
Two definite time delayed overcurrent stages for the earth current, e.g. current
between starpoint and earth
Additionally, one inverse time delayed overcurrent stage for the earth current
Selection of various inverse time characteristics of different standards is possible,
alternatively a user defined characteristic can be specified
The three can be combined as desired
External blocking facility for any desired stage (e.g. for reverse interlocking)
Instantaneous trip when switching on a dead fault with any desired st age
Inrush restraint function with 2nd harmonic
Dynamic switchover of the time overcurrent parameters, e.g. during cold-loaded
start- up of the power plant
2 time overcur rent pro tection function s ar e po ssib le for ea rt h cu rre n t
1-phase Overcur-
rent Protection Two definite time delayed overcurrent stages which can be combined as desired
For any 1-phase overcurrent detection
Can be assigned to the „normal “1-phase current input or to the highly sensitive
current in put
Suitabl e for detection of very sma ll current (e.g. for h igh-impedance u nit protection
or tank leakage protection)
Suitable for detection of any desired AC voltage using an external series resistor
(e.g. for high-impedance unit protection)
External blocking facility for any stage
Unbalanced Load
Protection Evaluation of the negative sequence system of the three ph ase currents of any
desired sid e of the pr ot ec te d ob j ec t or an y thr ee - ph ase measurin g po int
Two definite time delayed negative sequence current stages and one additional
inverse time delayed negative sequence current stage
Selection of various inverse time characteristics of different standards is possible,
alternatively a user defined characteristic can be specified
The stages can be combined as desired.
Trip blocking on detection of broken wire
Thermal characteristic with adjustable negative sequence factor and adjustable
cooldown time.
1 Introduction
26 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Thermal Overload
Protection Thermal replica of current-initia ted heat losses
True RMS current calculation
Can be assigned to any desired side of the protective object
Adjustable thermal warning stage
Adjustable current warning stage
With or without including the amb ient or coolant temperatur e (by means of external
resistance temperature detector via RTD-box)
Alternative evaluation of the hot-spot temperature according to IEC 60354 with cal-
culation of the reserve power and ageing rate (by means of external resist ance tem-
perature dete cto r via RTD-box)
2 breaker failure pr otection funct ion s po ssib le
Overexcitation Pro-
tection (device with
voltage measure-
ment inputs)
Processing of the voltage/frequency ration U/f, which represents the induction B of
a shunt reactance (transformer, shunt reactor)
Adjustable warning and tripp ing stage (with indepe ndent delay time)
Inverse standard characteristic or user-defined trip characteristic for calculation of
the thermal stress, selectable
Reverse Power Pro-
tection (Device with
Voltage Measure-
ment Inputs)
Real power calcul ation from positive sequence components
Short operating time or exact calculation of the active power via 16 cycles
Exact real power calculation for small power factor by compensating the error angle
of the measuring locations
Insensitive to power fluctuations
Short-time stage with external criteria, e.g. with closed emergency tripping
Forward Power
Monitoring (devic-
es with measuring
voltage inputs)
Real power calcul ation from positive sequence components
Supervisio n of overvolt age (P>) or unde rvolt age ( P<) of power with individually ad-
justable power limits
Short operating time or exact calculation of the active power via 16 cycles
Automatic blocking of stage P< for recognised measured voltage failure or wire
break in CT secondary circuit
Undervoltage Pro-
tection (Device with
Voltage Measure-
ment Inputs)
Two-stage three-phase undervoltage measurement
Evaluation of positive sequence component of the connected voltages, therefore in-
dependent of asymmetries
Automatic blocking for measuring voltage failure
Adjustable dropout ratio
Overvoltage Pro-
tection (Device with
Voltage Measure-
ment Inputs)
Two-stage three-phase overvoltage measurement
Evaluation of the larg est of the three phase-to-grou nd voltages or the large st of the
three phase-to-phase voltages (largest of the three phase-to-phase voltages (can
be set)
Adjustable dropout ratio
1.3 Characteristics
27
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Frequency Protec-
tion (devic e s wit h
measured voltage
inputs)
Three underfr equency stages and one overfrequency stage
Frequency measurement via the positive sequence component of the voltages
Insensitive to harmonics and abrupt phase angle changes
Adjustable undervoltage threshold
Circuit Breaker
Failure Prote ction With monitoring of current flow through each breaker pole on any side of the pro-
tected object
Supervision of the breaker position possible (if breaker auxiliary contacts or feed-
back signal available)
Initiation by each of the internal protection functions
Start by external trip functions possible
Single-stage or two-stage
Short dropout and overshoot times
2 breaker failure protection functions are possible
External Direct Trip Tripping of either circuit breaker by an external device via binary inputs
Inclusion of external commands into the intern al processing of information and trip
commands
With or without trip time delay
2 breaker failure protection functions possible
Processing of ex-
ternal information Inclusion of external signals (user defined information) in internal information pro-
cessing
Pre-defined transformer annunciations for Buchholz protection and oil gassing
Transmission to output relays, LEDs, and via serial system interfaces to central
control and data storage facilities
Flexible Functions Up to 12 individually configurable protection or monitoring functions
Input quantities can be selected from all the connected 3-phase or 1-phase mea-
sured quantities
Also possible from the measured or combined in put quantities: symmetrical compo-
nents, power components, frequ ency
Standard logic with supervision of the input quantities to over/undershooting of an
adjustable limit value
Settable time and dropout delay
External blocking via „Blocking on Measured Quantities Failure“ parameterisable
Editable message texts
Additional determination and output of up to 20 mean values from me asured quan-
tities or calculated values
Additional determination and output of up to 20 mean values from me asured quan-
tities or calculated values
1 Introduction
28 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
User-defined Logic
Functions (CFC) Freely programmable combination of internal and external signals for the imple-
mentation of user-defined logic functions
All usual logic functions
Time delays and limit value inquiries
Commissioning,
Operation Isolation of one side or measuring point for maintenance work: the isolated line or
measuring point is withdrawn from the differential protection system processing,
without affecting the remainder of the protection system
Comprehensive support facilities for operation an d commiss ioning
Indication of all measured values, amplitudes and phase relation
Indication of the calculated diffe rential and restraint currents
Integrated help tools ca n be visualised by means of a stand ard browser: Phas or di-
agrams of all curre nts of all sides and m easuring locations of the protected object
are displayed as a gra ph.
Connection and direction checks as well as interface check
Monitoring Func-
tions Availability of the device is greatly increased because of self-monitoring of the inter-
nal measurement circuits, power supply, hardware, and software
Supervision of the current transformer secondary circuits of symmetry and phase
sequence
Monitoring of the voltage transformer circuits (if voltage inputs are available) for
symmetry, voltage sum and phase rotation
Supervision of the voltage transformer circuits (if voltage inputs are available) for
voltage failure with fast function blocking that measure undervoltages
Checking the consistency of protection settings reg arding the protected object an d
possible assignment of the curr ent inputs: Blocking of the differential protection
system in case of inconsistent settings which could lead to a malfunction
Trip circuit supervision is possible.
Broken wire supervision for the secondary CT circuits with fast phase segregated
blocking of the dif fer entia l protection fun ctions and the unbalanced lo ad protection
in order to avoid spurious tripping.
Further Functions Battery-buffered real-time clock, which may be synchronised via a synchronisation
signal (e.g. DCF77, IRIG B via satellite receiver), binary input or system interface
Continuous calculation and display of operational measured values on the front of
the device; indication of measured quantities of all sides of the protected object
Fault event memory (trip log) for the last 8 network faults (faults in the power sys-
tem), with real-time assignment
Fault recording memory and transmission of the data for analogue and user-defined
binary signals with a maximum time range of about 5s
Switching Statistics: Recording of the trip commands issued by the device, as well
as recording of the fa ult curr en t da ta and accumu la tio n of th e int er ru pt ed fau l t cur -
rents
1.3 Characteristics
29
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Communication with ce ntral control and dat a storage equipment possible via ser ial
interfaces (depending on the individual ordering variant) by means of data cable,
modem or optical fibres Various transmission protocols are provided for this pur-
pose.
1 Introduction
30 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
317UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Functions 2
This chapter describes the individual functions available on the SIPROTEC 4 device
7UT613/63x. It shows the setting possibilities for each function in maximum configu-
ration. Guidelines for establishing setting values and, where required, formulae are
given.
Additionally, on the basis of the following information, it may be defined which
functions are to be used.
2.1 General 33
2.2 Differential Protection 104
2.3 Restricted Earth Fault Protection 138
2.4 Time Overcurrent Protection for Phase and Residual Currents 150
2.5 Time Overcurrent Protection for Earth Current 179
2.6 Dynamic Cold Load Pickup for Time Overcurrent Protection 191
2.7 Single-Phase Time Overcurrent Protection 196
2.8 Unbalanced Load Protection 206
2.9 Thermal Overload Protection 220
2.10 RTD-Boxes for Overload Detection 232
2.11 Overexcitation Protection 239
2.12 Reverse Power Protection 245
2.13 Forward Power Supervision 250
2.14 Undervoltage Protection 255
2.15 Overvoltage Protection 259
2.16 Frequency Protection 263
2.17 Circuit Breaker Failure Protection 268
2.18 External Trip Commands 276
2.19 Monitoring Functions 279
2.20 Protection Function Control 294
2.21 Disconnection of Measuring Locations 297
2.22 Additional Functions 300
2 Functions
32 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.23 Average Values, Minimum and Maximum Values 329
2.24 Command Processing 332
2.1 General
33
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1 General
A few seconds after the device is switched on, the default display appears on the LCD.
In the 7UT613/63x the measured values are displayed.
The function parameters, i.e. settings of function options, threshold values, etc., can
be entered via the fron t panel of the device or by me ans of a PC connected to the op-
erator or service interface of the device utilising DIGSI. Password No. 5 is required to
modify individual settings. Operation via DIGSI is described in the SIPROTEC system
description /1/ .
In this section you make the basic decisions regarding the proper interaction between
your substation, its measuring points, the analogue device connections and the
various protective functions of the device. Because of the comprehensive range of
features provided by the devic es of the 7UT613/63x family , this section is quite exten-
sive. The device is portrayed here as completely as possible with regard to the system
to be protected together with its measuring points, i.e. the current and voltage trans-
formers, and wh at ef fect s ar e to be expected of the protective functions of the device.
In a first step (Section 2.1.3) you should specify what type of plant component you
want to protect, since the sc ope of additional featur es of fered d epends on the type o f
the main protected ob ject. Moreover you have to decide which protective functions
you want to use, because not all of the functions integrated in the device are neces-
sary, useful or even possible for any relevant case of application.
In the next step (section 2.1. 4), you d escribe the top ology of the protec ted object. i.e.
the arrangement of the protected object, its sides (windings for transformers, sides for
generators/motors, ends for lines, feeders for busbars), and the measuring locations
which will provide the respective measured values.
After entering some General Powe r System Data (frequency, phase sequence), you
inform the device in section 2.1.4 of the properties of the main protected object. Object
properties include the ratings and (in the case of transformers) the starpoint treatment,
vector group and, where applicable, the auto-transformer winding.
Subsection 2.1.4 also deals with the CT data which must be set to ensure that the
current s acquired at the vario us measuring locations are evaluate d in the d evice with
the correct scale factor.
The above information is sufficient to describe the protected object to the device's
main protect i on fun ctio n , i.e. the different ial pr ote c t ion . Fo r th e oth e r pr ot ect i on
functions, you select in section 2.1.6 the measured values which will be processed by
you and in which way.
The same section 2.1.6 provides informa tion with regard to how to set the circuit
breaker dat a, and finding o ut about setting groups and how to use them. Last but not
least, you can set general data which are not dependent on any protection functions.
2 Functions
34 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1.1 Device
2.1.1.1 Setting Notes
The parameters for the tripping logic of the entire device and the circuit breaker test
have already been set in section 2.1.4.
Address 201 FltDisp.LED/LCD also decides whether the alarms that are allocated
to local LEDs and the spontaneous displays that appear on the local display after a
fault should be displayed on every pickup of a protection function (Target on PU) or
whether they should be stored only when a tripping command is gi ven (Target on
TRIP).
For devices with graphical display, use address 202 Spont. FltDisp. to specify
whether or not a spontaneous annunciation will appear automatically on the display
(YES) or not (NO). For devices with text display such indications will appear after a
system fault by any means.
In devices with text display, the st art page of the basic di splay can be se lected und er
address 204 Start image DD.
2.1.1.2 Settings
2.1.1.3 Information List
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
201 FltDisp.LED/LCD Target on PU
Target on TRIP Target on PU Fault Display on LED / LCD
202 Spont. FltDisp. NO
YES NO Spontaneous display of flt.annun-
ciations
204 Start image DD image 1
image 2
image 3
image 4
image 5
image 6
image 7
image 1 Start image Default Display
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
- Reset LED IntSP Reset LED
- Te st mode IntSP Test mode
- DataStop IntSP Stop data transmission
- UnlockDT IntSP Unlock data transmission via BI
- >Light on SP >Back Light on
- SynchClock IntSP_Ev Clock Synchronization
- HWTestMod IntSP Hardware Test Mode
1 Not configured SP No Function configured
2 Non Existent SP Function Not A vailable
3 >Time Synch SP_Ev >Synchronize Internal Real Time Clock
2.1 General
35
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1.2 EN100-Modul 1
2.1.2.1 Function Description
An EN100-Modul 1 allows to integrate the 7UT613/63x into 100 Mbit Ethernet co m-
munication networks used by process control and automation systems and runn ing
IEC 61850 protocols. Thi s standard provides consistent inter-relay communication
without gateways or protocol converters. This allows open and interoperable use of
SIPROTEC 4 devices even in heteroge neous environments. In parallel to the process
control integration of the device, this interface can also be used for communication
with DIGSI and for inter-relay communication via GOOSE.
2.1.2.2 Setting Notes
Interface Selection No settings are req uired for ope ra tion of the Ethernet syste m int er fa ce m od ule
(IEC 61850, EN100-Modul 1). If the device is equipped with such a module (see
MLFB), the module is a utomatically configured to the interface available for it, na mely
Port B.
5 >Reset LED SP >Reset LED
15 >Test mode SP >Test mode
16 >DataStop SP >Stop data transmission
51 Device OK OUT Device is Operational and Protecting
52 ProtActive IntSP At Least 1 Protection Funct. is Active
55 Reset Device OUT Reset Device
56 Initial Start OUT Initial Start of Device
67 Resume OUT Resume
69 DayLightSavTime OUT Daylight Saving Time
70 Settings Calc. OUT Setting calculation is running
71 Settings Check OUT Settings Check
72 Level-2 change OUT Level-2 chang e
73 Local change OUT Local setting change
109 Frequ. o.o.r. OUT Frequency out of range
125 Chatter ON OUT Chatter ON
320 Warn Mem. Data OUT Warn: Limit of Memory Data exceeded
321 Warn Mem. Para. OUT Warn: Limit of Memory Parameter exceeded
322 Warn Mem. Oper. OUT Warn: Limit of Memory Operation exceeded
323 Warn Mem. New OUT Warn: Limit of Memory New exceeded
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
2 Functions
36 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1.2.3 Information List
2.1.3 Configuration of the Functional Scope
The devices 7UT613/63x contain a series of protective and additional functions. The
scope of hardware an d firmwa re is mat ch ed to these functions. Additionally, the
control functions can be in accordance with the system requirements. In addition, in-
dividual functions may be enabled or disabled during configuration, or interactio n
between functions may be adjusted. Functions not to be used in the actual
7UT613/63x device can thus be masked out.
Example for the configu ra tio n of the sco p e of fu nc tion s:
7UT613/63x device s are intended to be used for busbars and transformers. Ove rload
protection should only be applied on transformers. If the device is used for busbars
this function is set to Disabled, for the transformers this function is set to Enabled.
The available pr ot ection and add itio nal functions can be configured as Enabled or
Disabled. For various functions, a choice may be presented between several
options which are explained below. Functions configured as Disabled are not pro-
cessed by the 7UT613/63x. There are no indications, and associated settings
(functions, limit values) are not displayed during detailed settings.
2.1.3.1 Setting Notes
Determinati on of
the Functional
Scope
Configuration settings can be entered using a PC and the software program DIGSI
and transferred via the front se rial port or the rear service interface. The oper ation via
DIGSI is explained in the SIPROTEC System Description/1/.
In order to change configuration p arameter, entering of password no. 7 (for p aram-
eter set) is required. Without the password, the settings may be read, but may not be
modified and transmitted to the device.
Function scope and, if necessary , the available options are set in the Function Scope
dialogue box to match plant requirements.
Note
The available functions and default setting s depend on the order variant of the device.
S pecial characteristics are set out in detail below . The annex includes a list of the func-
tions with the suitable protective objects.
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
009.0100 Failure Modul IntSP F ailure EN100 Modul
009.0101 Fail Ch1 IntSP Failure EN100 Link Channel 1 (Ch1)
009.0102 Fail Ch2 IntSP Failure EN100 Link Channel 2 (Ch2)
2.1 General
37
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Parameter Group
Changeover Func-
tion
If the parameter group changeover function is desired, address 103 Grp Chge
OPTION should be set to Enabled. In this case, it is possible to apply up to four dif-
ferent group s of se ttings fo r the function parameters. During normal operation , a con-
venient and fast switch-over between these setting groups is possible. The setting
Disabled implies that only one function p arameter setting group can be applied and
used.
Protected Object The definition of the PROT. OBJECT (address 105) is important for the correct assign-
ment of the setting parameters and the possible inputs and outputs and functions of
the device. This object is defined as the main protected object which is i ntended to be
protected by the dif feren tial pr otection. It sho uld be me ntione d he re th at fu rthe r parts
of the power plant can be pr otected by other p art functions if not all measured cu rrent
inputs of the de vice are necessary for th e dif ferential protection of the main protected
object. The settings for the protected object a nd the following protection functions are
irrespective of how the protection functions act on the protected object and which
measuring loca tio ns (c ur re nt tran sf or me r s ) ar e av aila ble .
Normal Power transformers with separate windings are set as PROT. OBJECT = 3
phase transf. regardless of the number of windings, vector grou ps and the
earthing conditions of the starpoints. This is also valid if a neutral earthing reactor
is situated within the protected zon e. If the differential protection shall cover a gen-
erator or motor an d a unit-connected power transformer (also with more than 2
windings), the protected object is also declared as transformer protection.
•For PROT. OBJECT = 1 phase transf. phase input L2 is not connected. This
option is suited especially to single-phase power transformers with 16.7 Hz (traction
transformers). Single-phase transformers are g enerally treated as three-phase
protected objects.
g60For auto-transformers select PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf., rega rd le ss
whether the auto-transformer has one or more further separate windings. This
option is also applicable for shunt reactors if current transformers are installed at
both sides of the connection points.
If three single-phase auto-transformers a re arranged as a power tra nsformer bank
(see figure 2-1), the con nections o f the st a rpoint leads o f the wind ings are accessi-
ble and often provided with current transformers. Here, it is possible, instead of a
normal transformer dif ferential pr otection via an entire po wer tr ansfo rmer ban k, to
realise three single-phase current comparison circuits via each auto transformer
winding. In fig ur e 2- 1 th e pr ot ected zone of eac h ph ase is shaded.
2 Functions
38 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-1 Transformer bank, consisting of 3 single-phase auto-transformers with current
comparison via each single phase
Such current comparison is more sensitive to 1-phase earth faults in one of the
transformers than the normal differential protection. This has a certain import ance
considering that 1-phase earth faults are the most probable faults in such banks.
On the other hand, the compensation winding cannot and must not be included in to
this protection even if it is accessible and equipped with curren t transformers. This
application variant is based on the current law in that all currents flowing into a
winding must total to zero.
If this protection variant is desired, set address 105 to PROT. OBJECT = Autotr.
node.
Equal setting is valid for generators and motors. The setting PROT. OBJECT =
Generator/Motor also applies to series reactors and shunt reactors, if a com-
plete 3-phase set of current transformers is connected to both sides.
For the operation of mini-busbars set PROT. OBJECT = 3ph Busbar. The
maximum number of feeders is determined by the number of three-phase measure-
ment inputs of the device. 7UT613 and 7UT633 allow a maximum number of 3,
7UT635 a maxim u m of 5 meas urin g locations. This settin g ap p lies als o to shor t
lines which are terminated b y two sets of cu rrent transforme rs. „Short “ means that
the current tra nsformer connections from the CTs to the device cause no impermis-
sible burden for the current transformers.
If the device is used as busbar as 1-phase device or via su mmation transformer as
3-phase device, the setting PROT. OBJECT = 1ph Busbar applies. The maximum
number of feeders is deter mined by the number of single-phase me asurement
inputs of the device (7UT613 and 7UT633 provide up to 9, 7UT635 up to 12 mea-
surement inputs).
Differential Protec-
tion The differential protection is the main protective function of the device. Address 112
DIFF. PROT. is thus set to Enabled.
2.1 General
39
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Restricted Earth
Fault Protection The Restricted earth fault protection (address 113 REF PROT.) com-
pares the sum of the phas e curren ts flowing into the three-phase protected object
together with the current flowing into the earthed starpoint. Further information is given
in section 2.3.
Note that this is not applicable to the protected object busbar (address 105 PROT.
OBJECT= 1ph Busbar and address 105 PROT. OBJECT= 3ph Busbar).
Restricted Earth
Fault Protection 2 Likewise, address 114 REF PROT. 2 is valid for the second possible restricted earth
fault protection
Dynamic Pickup
Switching for Over-
current Protection
The dynamic param eter switching (address 117 COLDLOAD PICKUP) permits tempo-
rary switching to alternative pickup values in case of overcurrent protection function
for phase cur rent s, ze ro sequence current s an d earth cur rent s. Fur ther informa tion is
given in section 2. 6.
Overcurrent Pro-
tection for Phase
Currents
To select the characteristic group according to which the phase overcurrent time pro-
tection is to operate use address 120 DMT/IDMT Phase. This protection is not
applicable for single-p hase busbar protection (addr ess105 PROT. OBJECT = 1ph
Busbar). If it is only used as definite time overcurrent protection (O/C), set Definite
Time. In addition to the definite time overcurr ent protection an inverse time overcur-
rent protection may be configured, if required. The latter operates according to an IEC-
characteristic (TOC IEC), to an ANSI-characteristic (TOC ANSI) or to a user-define d
characteristic. In the latter case, the trip time characteristic (User Defined PU) or
both the trip time characteristic and the reset time characteristic (User def. Reset)
are configured. For the characteri stics please refer to Technical Data.
Overcurrent Pro-
tection for Phase
Currents 2 and 3
In the case of 7UT613/63x it is possible to use two additional phase overcurrent pro-
tection functions. One over current protection can thus be impleme nted independently
on various sides of the main protectio n object or three-ph ase measuring loca tions. In
the case of DMT/IDMT Phase2 a selection can be made under the address 130 from
the same options as for the first overcurrent protection. The same applies under
address 132 for DMT/IDMT Phase3. The selected options can be equal to or different
for all of the three overcurrent protection functions.
Overcurrent Pro-
tection for Zero Se-
quence Currents
The type of characteristics used for the zero sequence (residual) overcurrent time pro-
tection can be set in address 122 DMT/IDMT 3I0. The same options are available as
for the phase overcurrent protection. However, for zero sequence current time over-
current protecti on the settings may be dif ferent to the settings selected for phase time
overcurrent protection. This protection function always acquires the residual current
3I0 of the supervised side. This current is calculated from the sum of the correspond-
ing phase currents. This measuring location may be different from that of the phase
overcurrent protectio n. Note that the zero sequence overcurren t protection is not pos-
sible on single-phase protected objects (address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1 phase
transf. or 1ph Busbar).
Overcurrent Pro-
tection for Zero Se-
quence Currents 2
and 3
At 7UT613/63x it is possible to use two additional zero sequence ove rcurrent protec-
tion functions. Zero se quence current can thus be detected independently on variou s
three-phase measuring locations. For DMT/IDMT 3I0 2 under address 134 the
same options can b e selected again in dependently. The same applie s under address
136 for DMT/IDMT 3I0 3. The selected options can be equa l to or different from the
three overcurrent protection functions.
2 Functions
40 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Time Overcurrent
Protection for Earth
Current
There is another earth curr ent time overcu rrent protectio n which is indepe ndent from
the before-described zero sequence time overcurrent protection. This protection, to be
configured in address 124 DMT/IDMT Earth, acquires the current connected to a
single-phase current measuring input. In most cases, it is the starpoint current of an
earthed starpoint (for transformers, generators, motors or shunt reactors). For this pro-
tection you may select one of the characteri stic types, the same way as for the phase
time overcurrent protection, no matter which characteristic has been selected for the
latter.
Overcurrent Pro-
tection for Earth
Current 2 (Starpoint
Current)
For earth current detection in 7UT613/6 3x a second earth current over curren t protec-
tion is available with which a further single-phase overcurrent protection can be rea-
lised. If, for example, a transformer YNyn0 is earthe d at both starpoint s, the in-flowing
earth current can be monitored in each starpoint. Naturally, both earth current over-
current protection functions ca n b e used completely indepe nde ntly at d ifferent points
of your system for the detection of single-phase currents. For DMT/IDMT Earth2
under address 138 a sele ction can be made from the same options indepe ndently for
the other overcurrent protection functions.
Single-phase Over-
current Protection A single-phase definite-time overcurrent protection DMT 1PHASE for different user re-
quirements is available in address 127. This protection function is very well suited e.g.
for highly sensitive tank lea kage protection or high-imped ance un it protectio n. A high-
sensitivity current input can be used for this purpose.
Asymmetrical Load
Protection The asymmetrical load protection monitors the asymmetr ical current (negative se-
quence system) in three-p hase protected objects. In a ddress 140 UNBALANCE LOAD
the trip time characteristics can be set to definite time (Definite Time), additionally
operate according to an IEC–characteristic (TOC IEC) or to an ANSI–characteristic
(TOC ANSI). It can also be supplemented by a thermal stage (DT/thermal). The
asymmetrical load protection is normally not possible in single-phase applications
(address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1 phase transf. or 1ph Busbar).
Thermal Overload
Protection In address 142 THERM. OVERLOAD the user can additionally choose one of the two
methods of overload detection. Note that the overload protection for single-phase
busbar protection (address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1ph Busbar) is not possible. If
the overload pr o tec tio n is not requir ed , se t to Disabled. Furthermore, the following
is available:
Overload protection with a thermal replica according to IEC 60255-8,
Overload protection with calculation of hot-spot temperature and the aging rate ac-
cording to IEC 60354
Overload protection using a thermal replica with ambient temperature influence
In the first case it can still be selected whether only the overtemperature in the thermal
replica, resulting from the ohmic losses in the windings of the protected object must
be detected, or whether the total temperature under consideration of the coolant or en-
vironmental temperature must be calculated.
If the coolant or environmental temperature must be taken into con sider ation , a RTD-
box must be connected to the device (see below), via which the coolant or environ-
mental temperatur e is enter ed into the device . In this case set a ddress 142 THERM.
OVERLOAD = th repl w. sens (thermal replica with temperature measurement).
If there is no possibility to measure the coolant or environmental temperature and to
pass to the device, address 142 THERM. OVERLOAD = th rep w.o. sen (thermal
replica without temperature measurement) can be set. In this case the device calcu-
2.1 General
41
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
lates the overtemperature in the protected object from the flowing current, with refer-
ence to the permissible temperature. This method is characterised by its easy han-
dling and a low number of setting values.
Detailed knowledge about the protected object, the environment and cooling is re-
quired for overcurrent protection with hot-spot calculation in accordance with IEC
60354; it is advisable in case of transformers with integrated temperature detectors.
For this method, set address to 142 THERM. OVERLOAD = IEC354. For further details
see section 2.9
Overload
Protection 2 In case of 7UT613/63x it is possible to use an additional overload protection. In case
of a transformer, for example, the overtemperature of two windings can thus be de-
tected by means of current measurement or , apart from a transformer , the windings of
a shunt reactor can be monitored. For THERM.OVERLOAD2 under address 144 select
from the same options as for the first overload protection.
RTD-boxes for
Overload If, in case of an over load with thermal replica, the coolan t temperatur e must be t aken
into consideration, or if an overlo ad protection with hot-spot calculation in accorda nce
with IEC 60354 is used (address 142 THERM. OVERLOAD = th repl w. sens or
IEC354), at least one RTD-box 7XV5662–xAD must be connected at the service in-
terface or an additional interface of the device, which informs the device with regard
to the coolant temperature. The additional interface is set in address 190 RTD-BOX
INPUT. The possible interfaces are dependent on the version of 7UT613/63x (cf. Or-
dering Information and Accessories in the Appendix). Port C (service interface) is
available in all versions. Depending on the device version, Port D is also possible.
RTD-box Type If RTD-boxes with 7UT613/63x are oper ated, set the number and type of transfer of
measuring locations (RTD = Resistance Temperature Detector) under address 191
RTD CONNECTION: 6 RTD simplex or 6 RTD HDX (with one RTD- box) or 12 RTD
HDX (with two RTD-boxes). The settings have to comply with those of the RTD-box.
Note
The assignment with regard to which temperature measuring point shall be used for
which overload protection will be effected later during setting of the protection func-
tions.
Overexcitation
Protection The overexcitation protection is used to detect increased overflux or overinduction
conditions in generators and transformers, especially in power station unit transform-
ers, which cause impermissible temperatur e rise in the iron. Note that the overexcit a -
tion protection (address 143 OVEREXC. PROT.) can only be used if the device is
equipped with voltage measurement inputs and voltages are connected. This protec-
tion is not applicable for single-phase busbar protection (address105 PROT. OBJECT
= 1ph Busbar). For further details see section 2.11
Reverse Power
Protection The reverse power protection (address 150 REVERSE POWER) protects mainly a
turbine-generator unit during failure of ene rgy to the prime mover. It can be applied,
for example, as disconnection criterion in the syst em. It can only be used in three-
phase protected objects, thus not at address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1 phase
transf. or 1ph Busbar. The reverse current protec tion r equires that th e device is
connected to a voltage transformer set and, together with a connected current trans-
2 Functions
42 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
former, allows for a reasonable calculation of the active power. The definition of the
reverse direction is explained in detail elsewhere.
Forward Power
Monitoring The forward po wer monitoring (address 151 FORWARD POWER) can monitor a pro tect-
ed object with regard to undershooting as well as exceed ing of a preset active power.
It can only be used in three-ph ase protected object s, thus not at address 105 PROT.
OBJECT = 1 phase transf. or 1ph Busbar. The forward power monitoring re-
quires that the device is connected to a voltage transformer set and, together with a
connected current transformer , allows for a reasonable calculation of the active power .
The definition of the forward direction is explained in detail elsewhere.
Undervoltage
Protection Undervoltage protection (address 152 UNDERVOLTAGE) detects voltage dips in elec-
trical machines and avoids inadmissible operating states and possible loss of stability
in electrical devi ces. It can onl y be used in three -phase pr otected objects, thus not at
address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1 phase transf. or 1ph Busbar. It is normally
only possible in device variant that have a voltage measuring input.
Overvoltage
Protection The overvoltage protection (address 153 OVERVOLTAGE) protects the system from
impermissible voltage increases, thus avoiding damage to it s insulation. It can only be
used in three-phase protected object s, thus not a t add ress 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1
phase transf. or 1ph Busbar. It is normally only possible in device variant that
have a voltage measuring input.
Frequency
Protection The frequency protection (address 156 FREQUENCY Prot.) has the task to detect
increased or de crease d frequencie s in the power st at ion sector. It can be applied, for
example, as load shedding in the system. It can only be used in three-phase protected
objects, thus not at address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1 phase transf. or 1ph
Busbar. As the frequency is derived from the measuring volt age, this is only possible
in device versions with voltage measuring inputs.
Circuit-breaker
Failure Protection The circuit-bre aker protection (address 170 BREAKER FAILURE) is applicable to any
circuit breaker. The assignmen t is carrie d ou t at a late r stage. Note that in a single-
phase busbar protection (address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 1ph Busbar) it is not pos-
sible.
Circuit-breaker
Failure Protection 2 7UT613/63x provides a second circuit-breaker failure protection (address 171
BREAKER FAIL. 2) for an additional circuit breaker in the system. The information
applicable to the first applies here.
Measuring
Location Discon-
nection
The disconnection of the measuring loca tion (addr ess 180 DISCON.MEAS.LOC) is a
help function for commissioning and revision works in the system.
Measured Value
Monitoring The different methods of measured value monitoring (address 181 M.V. SUPERV)
are set out in detail in section 2.19.1. Voltages ca n of cour se al so b e mo nitored if the
device provides voltage inputs.
Trip Circuit Super-
vision For trip circuit monitori ng, under add ress 182 Trip Cir. Sup., a selection can be
made with regard to operation with two binary inputs (2 Binary Inputs) or only one
binary input (1 Binary Input). The inputs must be potential-free.
2.1 General
43
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
External Trip
Command The possibilities of two trip commands from external sources can be configured in ad-
dresses 186 EXT. TRIP 1 and 187 EXT. TRIP 2.
Flexible Functions 7UT613/63x provides flexible functions that can be used for protection, monitoring or
measuring tasks. Should you wish to apply these functions, this must be determined
here.
up to 20 flexible protection and monito ring functions are possible,
up to 20 average values from measur ed values or calculated values and
up to 20 minimum or maximum values for measured values or calculated values.
At this point, only select the respective required number. The configuration of this
function, i.e. which input variables are most relevant, and the setting of function pa-
rameters is carrie d ou t at a lat er stage, see sectio n 2. 22 .7 .
2.1.3.2 Settings
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
103 Grp Chge OPTION Disabled
Enabled Disabled Setting Group Change Option
105 PROT. OBJECT 3 phase transf.
1 phase transf.
Autotransf.
Autotr. node
Generator/Motor
3ph Busbar
1ph Busbar
3 phase transf. Protection Object
112 DIFF. PROT. Disabled
Enabled Enabled Dif ferential Protection
113 REF PROT. Disabled
Enabled Disable d Restric te d ea rth fault prot e c ti on
114 REF PROT. 2 Disabled
Enabled Disable d Restric te d ea rth fault prot e c ti on 2
117 COLDLOAD PICKUP Disabled
Enabled Disabled Cold Load Pickup
120 DMT/IDMT Phase Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT Phase
122 DMT/IDMT 3I0 Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT 3I0
124 DMT/IDMT Earth Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT Earth
2 Functions
44 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
127 DMT 1PHASE Disabled
Enabled Disabled DMT 1Phase
130 DMT/IDMT Phase 2 Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT Phase 2
132 DMT/IDMT Phase 3 Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT Phase 3
134 DMT/IDMT 3I0 2 Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT 3I0 2
136 DMT/IDMT 3I0 3 Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT 3I0 3
138 DMT/IDMT Earth2 Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
User Defined PU
User def. Reset
Disabled DMT / IDMT Earth 2
140 UNBALANCE LOAD Disabled
Definite Time
TOC IEC
TOC ANSI
DT/thermal
Disabled Unbalance Load (Negative Se-
quence)
142 T HERM. OVERLOAD Disabled
th rep w.o. sen
th repl w. sens
IEC354
Disabled Thermal Overload Protection
143 OVEREXC. PROT. Disabled
Enabled Disabled Overexcitation Protection (U/f)
144 THERM.OVERLOAD2 Disabled
th rep w.o. sen
th repl w. sens
IEC354
Disabled Thermal Overload Protection 2
150 REVERSE POWER Disabled
Enabled Disabled Reverse Power Protection
151 FORWARD POWER Disabled
Enabled Disabled Forward Power Supervision
152 UNDERVOLTAGE Disabled
Enabled Disabled Undervoltage Protection
153 OVERVOLTAGE Disabled
Enabled Disabled Overvoltage Protection
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2.1 General
45
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1.4 Power System Data 1
2.1.4.1 Topology of the Protected Object
Measured Value
Inputs The devices of the 7UT613/63x family comprise various types with different function
facilities and different hardware scope which latter determines the number of available
analog input s. Dependent on the ordering type, the fo llowing analog input s are provid-
ed:
Table 2-1 Analog measuring inputs
1) also applicable for single-phase power transformers
2) selectable, contained in the number of 1-phase inputs
156 FREQUENCY Prot. Dis abled
Enabled Disabled Over / Underfrequency Protection
170 BREAKER FAILURE Disabled
Enabled Disabled Breaker Failure Protection
171 BREAKER FAIL. 2 Disabled
Enabled Disabled Breaker Failure Protection 2
180 DISCON.MEAS.LOC Disabled
Enabled Disabled Disconnect measurment location
181 M.V. SUPERV Disabled
Enabled Enabled Measured Values Supervisi on
182 Trip Cir. Sup. Disabled
2 Binary Inputs
1 Binary Input
Disabled Trip Circuit Supervision
186 EXT. TRIP 1 Disabled
Enabled Disabled External Trip Function 1
187 EXT. TRIP 2 Disabled
Enabled Disabled External Trip Function 2
190 RTD-BOX INPUT Disabled
Port C
Port D
Disabled External Temperature Input
191 RTD CONNECTION 6 RTD simplex
6 RTD HDX
12 RTD HDX
6 RTD simplex Ext. Temperature Input Connec-
tion Type
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
Type For 3-phase protected objects1) For busbar 1-phase Voltage
3-phase Voltage
1-phase
Current
3-phase1) Current (auxiliary) Current
1-phase Current (auxiliary)
1-phase sensitive2) 1-phase sensitive2)
7UT613 3 3 1 9 3 1 1 1
7UT633 3 3 1 9 3 1 1 1
7UT635 51 1
44 2 124 2
2 Functions
46 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Terminology The large variety of connection facilities of the device requires to create an exact
image of the topology of the protected object. The device must be informed in which
way the measured quantities derived from the measured value inputs of the device
have to be processed by the different protection functions.
The topology of the protecte d o bject comprises the totality of all information: how the
protected object (or several objects) is arranged, which current transformer sets
supply the currents flowing into the protected object(s), and which voltages (if avail-
able) are measured at which location of the protected object. Thus, the result of the
topological consideration is a complete replica of the protected obje ct(s) with all avail-
able measuring locations. It will be decided at a later stage which measured quantities
should be used by which protection functions (section 2.1.6).
Distinction must be made between the Main Pr otected Object and other protected ob-
jects. The main protected object is that to which the main protection function, i.e. the
diff erential prote ction, is applied. Th is is the powe r transformer, generator, motor, etc.
as stated under address 105 PROT. OBJECT.
The main protected obje ct has 2 or more sides . The sides of a power transformer are
the winding terminals, a ge nerator or motor is terminated by the terminal side and the
starpoint side. In case of combined objects like generators and transformers in unit
connection the sides are the exterior terminals. The expression „side“ is applied exclu-
sively to the main protected object.
The current s flowing into the protected objec t are taken from the measuring locations.
These are represented by the current transformers which limit the protecte d zone.
They may be or may not be identical with the sides. Differences between measure-
ment locations and sides arise, for example, if a power tran sformer winding (= 1 side)
is fed from 2 galvanically connected lead wires via 2 sets of current transformers (mea-
suring locations).
The measuring locations which feed a side of the main protected object are the as-
signed measuring locations. If the device provides more 3-phase current measuring
inputs than a re needed for the allocation to th e sides of the main protected obje ct, the
remaining measuring points are called non-assign ed measuring points. These can be
used for other protection, supervision, and measuring purposes which process
3-phase current s, e.g. restricted earth fault protection, time overcurrent protection, un-
balanced load protection, overload protection, or simply for display of measured
values. The non-assigned measuring points thus detect currents of a further protected
object.
Depending on the device version, one to four single-phase auxiliary current inputs for
auxiliary transformers. These can be used for processing of 1-phase currents, e.g. the
earth current between a wind ing starpoint and earth, or the leakage current between
a transformer tank and earth. They can also be assigned to the main protected object
or can be non-assigned. If they are assigned to a side of the main protected object,
they can be processed by the differential protection (example: inclusion of the star-
point current in the differential current). The currents of the non-assigned auxiliary
inputs can be processed by other protection functions (example: detection of a tank
leakage current by the single-phase overcurrent protection, or they can also be com-
bined with other non-assigned 3-phase measuring points (example: restricted earth
fault protection on a protected object other than the main protected object).
Figure 2-2 illustrates the terminology by an example. Note that the example is not
practicable in this arrangement as it contains more connections than possible; it
serves only for clarification of the terminology.
2.1 General
47
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
The main protected object is a two-wind ing transformer YNd with an earthed starpo int
at the Y-side. Side S1 is the upper voltage side (Y), side S2 is the lower voltage side
(d). This definition of the sides for the main protected object (and only for it) is the basis
for the formation of the differential and restraint currents used in the differential pro-
tection.
For the side S1 2 measuring locations M1 and M2 exist. The currents that are mea-
sured there belong to the side S1, their sum flowing on side 1 in the protected zone of
the main protected object. The position of the busbar isolator is not important here.
Likewise, the polarity of the currents is not yet conside red under topology aspects.
At the lower voltage side, side S2 also has two measuring locations because of its
branch point to the auxiliaries system circuit: M3 and M4. The sum of these currents
flows into the low voltage side (S2) of the main protec te d ob je ct.
The 4 measuring locationsM1 to M4 are assigned to the sides of the main protected
object, thus assigned measuring locations. They are the basis for the measured value
processing of three- phase currents for the differential protection. Basically, the same
applies to a single-phase tran sformer; Here, only the measured currents of the mea-
suring locations are connected in two-phase.
Measuring location M5 is not assigned to the main protected object, but to the cable
feeder, which is not related in any way to the transformer. M5 is thus a non-assigned
measuring location. The cu rrents of th is measuring location can be used for other pro-
tection functions, e.g. for 3-phase overcurrent protection for protection of the cable
feeder.
In 3-phase bu sbar protection ther e is no dif ference between mea suring locations and
sides; both correspond with the feeders of the busbar.
2 Functions
48 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-2 Example for the terminology of a topology
Sides:
S1 High voltage side of the main protected object (power transformer)
S2 Low voltage side of the main protected object (power transformer)
Measuring locations 3-phase, assigned:
M1 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M2 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 2
M4 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 2
Measuring locations 3-phase, non-assigned:
M5 Measuring location, not assigned to the main protected obje ct
Auxiliary measuring locations, 1-phase:
X3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
X4 Measuring location, not assigned to the main protected object
The auxiliary measuring location X3 provid es the st arpoint cu rrent of the transformer.
It is assigned to side 1 of the main protected object as an assigned measuring location.
This measuring location can be used by the dif ferential protection function for the for-
mation of the differential current. For the restricted earth fault protection operating at
the higher voltage winding, it can supply the starpoint current of side 1.
The auxiliary measuring location X4 is not assigned to the main protected object,
because it is not required by the differ ential protection. It is a non-assigned measuring
location which is used to dete ct the tank earth fault curr ent and to feed it via the single-
phase measuring input IX4 to the single- phase overcurrent protection used for tank
leakage protection. Although t ank leakage protection is in a broader sense part of the
transforme r pr ot ection, X4 is not assigned to the main protection function because
2.1 General
49
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
single-phase overcurrent pr otection is an autonomous protection function without any
relation to a specific side.
Figure 2-3 sh ows an example of a topo log y whic h in ad dition to the main pr ot ected
object (the three-windi ng transfor mer) h as an other pr otected obje ct ( the neutra l re ac-
tor) with a three-phase me asuring location and an additional 1-phase measuring lo-
cation assigned to it. While in the main protected object one side can be fed from
various measuring location s (this is the case for the high-volt age side S1 of the trans-
former, which is fed by M1 and M2), no sides are defined for the additiona l protected
object. Nevertheless, other protection functions (not the differential protection) can act
on it, such as the overcurrent protection (3-phase on M5), the earth overcurrent pro-
tection (1-phase on X4), or the restricted earth fault protection, which compares the
triple zero sequence current from M5 with the earth fault current of X4.
Figure 2-3 Topology of a three-winding transformer as main protected object and a neutral
reactor arranged outside of the protected zone as a further protected object;
right hand three-phase illustration of the neutral reactor
Sides:
S1 High voltage side of the main protected object (power transformer)
S2 Low voltage side of the main protected object (power transformer)
S3 Tertiary winding side of the main protected object (power transformer)
Measuring locations 3-phase, assigned:
M1 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M2 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 2
M4 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 3
Measuring locations 3-phase, non-assigned:
M5 Measuring location, not assigned to the main protected object, associa te d with the
neutral reactor
Auxiliary measuring locations, 1-phase:
X4 Measuring location, not assigned to the main protected object, associated with the
neutral reactor
2 Functions
50 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Determining th e
Topology You have to dete rm in e th e to polog y of the ma in prote c te d ob je ct an d fu rth e r obj ec ts
(if applicable). The following clarifications are based on the examples given above and
the terminology defined above . Further examples will be given where needed. The
necessary and possible settings depend on the type of main protected object as
defined during configuration of the scope of functions (section 2.1.3).
The measuring locations for a single-phase power transformer are treated like
3-phase measuring locations: From the point of view of measured value conditioning,
the single-phase transfor mer is handled as a three-phase transformer with missing
phase (L2).
Note
If you have changed the protected object, you will have to check and re-adjust all to-
pological data.
Note
When configuring th e topology proceed exactl y in the order given below. Some of the
following settings and setting possibilities depend on settings performed before. In
DIGSI the tabs (setting sheet s) under Power System Data 1 should be edited from the
left tab to the right.
First of all, number the sides of th e main protec ted object consecutively, next number
the measuring loca tions, beginning with those for the main object, then for the remain-
ing. In the example (Figure 2-2) there are 2 sides S1 and S2, the 5 measuring locations
are M1 to M5.
The following sequence of sides is advised:
For power transformers, start with the higher voltage side, as well for genera-
tor/transformer units or motor/transformer units.
For auto-transformers, the common winding must be declared as side 1 and side 2,
further ta ps shall follow (if applicab le), then a delta winding (i f applicable). Side 5 is
not permitted her e .
For generators, start with the terminal side.
For motors and shunt reactors, start with the current supply side.
For series reactors, lines, and busbars, there is no preferred side.
Side determination plays an important role for all of the following settings.
Proceed to number the measuring locations, beginning with those which are assigned
to the main protected object. Take the order of side numbering, next the non-assigned
measuring locations (if used). Refer also to Figure 2-2.
Proceed numbering the auxiliary measuring locations (1-phase), again in the order:
assigned locations and then further (if used).
2.1 General
51
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Note
The determination of the sides and measuring locations is imperative for all further
setting step s. It is also important that the currents from the measuring locations (cu r-
rent transformers) are connected to the associated analogue current inputs of the
device: The currents of measuring location M1 must be connected to the device at
measuring locations IL1M1, IL2M1, IL3M1 (in single-phase transformers IL2M1), is omit-
ted!
The topological data can be altered only with a PC using DIGSI.
Global Data for 3-
Phase Measuring
Locations
Determine the total number of 3-phase current measuring locations (= connected
current transformer sets) which are connected to the device. Enter this number in
address 211 No Conn.MeasLoc (number of connected measuring locations).
7UT613 and 7UT633 allow a maximum number of 3, 7UT635 a maximum of 5 mea-
suring locations. The e xamples in Figures 2 -2 and 2-3 cont a in 5 measur ing locations
each.
The number of 3-phase measuring locations assigned to the main protected object are
set in address 212 No AssigMeasLoc (number of assigned measuring locations).
Of course, this number cannot be higher than that of address 211. The difference No
Conn.MeasLocNo AssigMeasLoc is the number of non-assigned three-phase
measuring locations. Both examples in the Figures 2-2 and 2-3 show five of the four
assigned 3-phase measurin g location s: M1 to M4. M5 is a non-assigned measuring lo-
cation.
The number of sides associated with the main protected object is set in address 213
NUMBER OF SIDES. In the example of figure 2-2, the protected object is a power
transformer with 2 windings; the number of sides is 2: S1 and S2. In the example of
Figure 2-3, the main protected object is a power transformer with 3 windings; the
number of sides is 3. In case of an auto-transformer, a maximum of 4 sides is per mis-
sible (see below).
Of course, the number of sides can be equal to the number of measuring locations (but
never greater). The example in Figure 2-4 shows a three-winding power transformer
with one set of current transformers at each side. In this example: No AssigMeasLoc
= 3 and NUMBER OF SIDES = 3.
No distinction between sides and measuring locations is made in case of a busbar.
Both correspond to the feeders. Therefore, address 213 is missing if address 105
PROT. OBJECT = 3ph Busbar has been s et .
2 Functions
52 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-4 Example of a topology on a three-winding transformer
Sides:
S1 High voltage side of the main protected object (power transformer)
S2 Low voltage side of the main protected object (power transformer)
S3 Tertiary winding side of the main protected object (powe r transformer)
Measuring locations 3-phase, assigned:
M1 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M2 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 2
M3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 3
Special Consider-
ations on Auto-
Transformers
As mentioned above, the common windings on auto-tr ansformers must always be
defined as S1 and S2. A third side may be present if the compensation winding is di-
mensioned as power wind ing (tertiary winding) and accessible (figure 2-5). In this
example we have 3 sides and 4 assigned measuring locations. During parametrization
of the auto-transformer, one must always start with the auto-wind ing .
2.1 General
53
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-5 Topology of an auto-transformer with a compensation winding which is used as
tertiary winding
Sides:
S1 High voltage side of the main protected object (auto-transformer)
S2 Low voltage side of the main protected object (auto-transformer)
S3 Tertiary winding side (accessible compensation winding) of the main prote cted object
Measuring locations 3-phase, assigned:
M1 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M2 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 2
M4 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 3
A further tap of the winding can also be used as the third side. Be aware that the num-
bering sequence always starts with the auto-connected winding: full winding, taps, and
then accessibl e de lta winding if requi red.
Auto-Transformer
Banks If three single-phase auto-transformers are arranged as a power transformer bank, the
connections of the starpoint leads of the auto-windings are accessible and often pro-
vided with current transformers. During configuration of the functional scope in section
2.1.3 you have decided whether a differential protection must be realised via the entire
transformer ban k, or whether you prefer a curren t comparison via the winding of each
phase by means of current law.
Differentia l pro tec tio n over th e en t ire pow er tr ans fo rme r ba n k:
Regarding the first case, figure 2-6 gives an example of a 3-phase presentation. In this
example we have 3 side s and 3 assigned three-phase mea suring locations. The auto-
connected winding terminals form the sides S1 (full winding) and S2 (t ap ) with the as-
signed 3-phase measuring locations M1 and M2. As the delta winding functio ns both
as the tertiary winding a nd the compe nsation winding, it is th e th ird side S3 wi th mea-
suring location M3.
The currents measured in the starpoint connections are not immediately required.
However, you can assign it to a further three-ph ase measuring location. The device
then calculates the current sum as earth current, if this had been set accordingly in the
differential protection (see section 2.2.7).
2 Functions
54 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
The sum of the three currents measur ed in the starpoint le ads can be connected to an
auxiliary 1-phase current input of the device (illustrated dotted) in order to use it for
restricted earth fault protection and/or time overcurrent protection. This auxiliary mea-
suring location X3 is then assigned to both sides S1 and S2, since the current entering
the protected object at X3 must be compared with the sum of the currents at both
sides. More details with regard to the assignment are discussed later.
Figure 2-6 Topology of a transformer bank consisting of 3 single-phase auto-transformers
with compensation winding dimensioned as accessible tertiary winding
Sides:
S1 High voltage side of the auto-connected winding of the main protected object
S2 Low voltage side (tap) of the auto-connected winding of the main protected object
S3 Tertiary winding side (accessible comp ensation winding) of the main protected object
Measuring locations 3-phase, assigned:
M1 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M2 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 2
M3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 3
Auxiliary measuring locations, 1-phase, assigned to the main object (current sum of the
CT set):
X3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1 and 2
2.1 General
55
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Current comparison for common winding of an auto-transformer:
If during configuration of the functional scope in section 2.1.3 a pure current compar-
ison via each windin g has be en sele cte d , the n the ex am p le of fig ur e 2- 7 ap p lies.
Besides the common winding terminals of the sides S1 (full winding) and S2 (tap) with
the assigned 3-phase measuri ng locations M1 and M2, one more sid e S3 is defined at
the st arp oint termin als with the 3- phase m easu ring lo ca tion M3. In this way, a current
comparison can be realised over each of the three transformer windings, i.e. each
phase with its 3 measu ring locations.
Such current comparison is more sensitive to 1-phase earth fault s in one of the tra ns-
formers than the normal differential protection. This has a certain importance consid-
ering that 1-phase earth fault s are th e most probab le fault s in such banks. By means
of the par ameter setting at address 105 PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf.Autotr.
node, the current comparison protection of the auto-transf. node is supported.
On the other ha nd , th e com p ensa tio n windin g cann o t and mu st no t be inclu de d into
this protection even if it is accessible and equipped with curre nt transformers. This ap-
plication variant is based on the current law in that all currents flowing in to a wind ing
must total to zero. In auto-transformers with stabilising winding, the stabilising winding
should be protected sep ar ately (e .g. with time overcurrent protection). During setting
of address 105 PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf., a stabilising winding can be includ-
ed.
The current transformer X1 in figure 2-7 is not required. In order to realise an earth
overcurrent protection or a restricted earth fault protection in this arrangement, you
can feed the sum of the thre e currents measured at M3 to an auxiliary 1-phase current
input of the device. An example of a connection, where a measuring loca tion M3
serves as 3-phase measuring location for the curr en t co mparison and where simulta-
neously the total cur rent 3I0 of the transformer set is led to a 1-phase measuring loca-
tion IX1 of the device, is available in the annex.
2 Functions
56 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-7 Topology of a transformer bank consisting of 3 single-phase auto-transformers,
topology definitions for a current comparison protection for each phase
Sides:
S1 High voltage side of the auto-connected winding of the main protected object
S2 Low voltage side (tap) of the auto-connected winding of the main protected object
S3 Starpoint side of the auto-connected winding of the main protected object
Measuring locations 3-phase, assigned:
M1 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1
M2 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 2
M3 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 3
Auxiliary measuring locations, 1-phase, assigned to the main object:
X1 Measuring location, assigned to the main protected object, side 1 and 2
Global Data for 1-
Phase Busbar Pro-
tection
If the device is used as busbar protection, either as single-phase protection or as
three-phase protection via external summation transformers, set the number of
feeders of the busbar in address 216 NUMBER OF ENDS. The minimum number
amount s to 3 ends (with less than that the operation of a 7UT613/63x would not make
sense).
The maximum number of feeders amounts to 9ends in 7UT613 and 7UT633 and 12
in 7UT635.
Assignment of 3-
phase Measuring
Locations
After determina tion of the global data, the 3-phase measuring locations must be as-
signed to the sides of the main protected object. Only few meaningful combinat ions
are possible for this assignment because of the condition that always NUMBER OF
SIDES No AssigMeasLoc No Conn.MeasLoc and that a protected object pro-
vides at least 2 sides. In order to exclude impossible combinations at all, only those
addresses of the following list s are requested which cor respond to the global settings
of addresses 211, 212, and 213. Further more, only meaningful setting options
appear.
2.1 General
57
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
If the global data are implausible, the device does not find any meaningful combination
of assignment possibilities. In this case you will find address 230 ASSIGNM. ERROR,
which shows one of the following options:
No AssigMeasLoc the number of assigned measuring locations is implausible;
No of sides the number of sides is implausible.
This parameter cannot be changed. It merely informs you about the implausibility of
the global settings. If it appears, you cannot ma ke any furthe r assignment s. Rech eck
in this case carefully the addresses 211, 212, and 213 and correct the settings.
Only one of the variety of the following listed assignment parameter is possible. But in
the actual case, only one address appears, namely the address which corresponds to
the above mentioned number of sides and assigned measuring locations. The mea-
suring locatio n an d sid e ar e separated by a com m a, e.g . 3M,2S means 3 assigned
measuring locations at 2 sides.
Only the combinations possible for the number of measuring locations and sides
appear as setting options. The measuring locations of the same side are connected
by a „+“ sign; the side sequence by a comma. In the following, all possibilities are ex-
plained.
Address 220 ASSIGNM. 2M,2S appears if 2 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 2 sides (address 213). Only one option is possibl e:
M1,M2, i.e. the 2 measuring lo ca tions a re assign ed: M1 to side S1, M 2 to side S2.
Since no other possibilities exist there are no further options.
Address 221 ASSIGNM. 3M,2S appears if 3 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 2 sides (address 213). The following options are possi-
ble:
M1+M2,M3, i.e. the 3 measuring locations are assigned : M1 and M2 to side S1, M 3
to side S2.
M1,M2+M3, i.e. the 3 measuring locations are assigned : M1 to side S1, M2 and M3
to side S2.
Address 222 ASSIGNM. 3M,3S appears if 3 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 3 sides (address 213). Only one option is possibl e:
M1,M2,M3, i.e. the 3 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2 to side
S2, M3 to side S3. This corresponds to the examples in figures 2-4 and 2-6, 2-7.
The further assignment possibilities can only occur in 7UT635 since 7UT613 and
7UT633 provide a maximum of 3 three-phase current inputs (cf. table 2-1).
Address 223 ASSIGNM. 4M,2S appears if 4 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 2 sides (address 213). The following options are possi-
ble:
M1+M2,M3+M4, i.e. the 4 measuring location s are assigned: M1 and M2 to side S1,
M3 and M4 to side S2. This corresponds to the example in Figure 2-2 (M5 is not
assigned there).
M1+M2+M3,M4, i.e. the 4 measuring locations are assigned : M1 and M2 and M3 to
side S1, M4 to side S2.
M1,M2+M3+M4, i.e. the 4 measuring location s are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2 and
M3 and M4 to side S2.
2 Functions
58 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Address 224 ASSIGNM. 4M,3S appears if 4 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 3 sides (address 213). The following options are possi-
ble:
M1+M2,M3,M4, i.e. the 4 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 to side S1,
M3 to side S2, M4 to side S3. This corresponds to the examp les in Figures 2-3 and
2-5.
M1,M2+M3,M4, i.e. the 4 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2 and
M3 to side S2, M4 to side S3.
M1,M2,M3+M4, i.e. the 4 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2 to
side S2, M3 and M4 to side S3.
Address 225 ASSIGNM. 4M,4S appears if 4 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 4 sides (address 213). Only one option is possible:
M1,M2,M3,M4, i.e. the 4 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2 to
side S2, M3 to side S3, M4 to side S4.
Address 226 ASSIGNM. 5M,2S appears if 5 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 2 sides (address 213). The following options are possi-
ble:
M1+M2+M3,M4+M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 and
M3 to side S1, M4 and M5 to side S2.
M1+M2,M3+M4+M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 to side
S1, M3 and M4 and M5 to side S2.
M1+M2+M3+M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 and
M3 and M4 to side S1, M5 to side S2.
M1,M2+M3+M4+M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
and M3 and M4 and M5 to side S 2.
Address 227 ASSIGNM. 5M,3S appears if 5 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 3 sides (address 213). The following options are possi-
ble:
M1+M2,M3+M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 to side
S1, M3 and M4 to side S2, M5 to side S3.
M1+M2,M3,M4+M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 to side
S1, M3 to side S2, M4 and M5 to side S3.
M1,M2+M3,M4+M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
and M3 to side S2, M4 and M5 to side S3.
M1+M2+M3,M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 and
M3 to side S1, M4 to side S2, M5 to side S3.
M1,M2+M3+M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
and M3 and M4 to side S2, M5 to side S3.
M1,M2,M3+M4+M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
to side S2, M3 and M4 and M5 to side S3.
Address 228 ASSIGNM. 5M,4S appears if 5 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 4 sides (address 213). The following options are possi-
ble:
M1+M2,M3,M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 and M2 to side
S1, M3 to side S2, M4 to side S3, M5 to side S4.
M1,M2+M3,M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
and M3 to side S2, M4 to side S3, M5 to side S4.
2.1 General
59
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
M1,M2,M3+M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
to side S2, M3 and M4 to side S3, M5 to side S4.
M1,M2,M3,M4+M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
to side S2, M3 to side S3, M4 and M5 to side S4.
Address 229 ASSIGNM. 5M,5S appears if 5 assigned measuring locations (address
212) have been selected for 5 sides (address 213). Only one option is possibl e:
M1,M2,M3,M4,M5, i.e. the 5 measuring locations are assigned: M1 to side S1, M2
to side S2, M3 to side S3, M4 to side S4, M5 to side S5.
Assignment of
Sides in Auto-
Transformers
If auto-transformers are protected the additional question arises how the sides of the
protected object are to be handled by the main protection function, the differential pro-
tection. As mentioned above, various possibilities exist how the sides are defined.
Further information is ne cessary in order to achieve an exact replica of the auto-trans-
former. Therefore, the following addresses only app ly to auto-transformers (add ress
105 PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf. or Autotr. node).
Both of the following tables show which version of configuration is supported for
Autotransf. and for a Autotr. node and which principle of the transformer is ap-
plied. The earth winding is included as a side due to the parameterisation.
Table 2-2 Configuration Versions in an auto transformer
Table 2-3 Configuration Versions in an auto transformer node
address 241 SIDE 1 of the auto-transformer must be assigned to a auto-
connected (primary winding, as recommended above). This is imperative and, there-
fore, cannot be changed.
Address 242 SIDE 2 of the auto-transformer must also be assigned to an auto-
connected (secondary tap as recommended above). This is imperative and, there-
fore, cannot be changed.
For the sides 3 and 4, alternat ives exist. If the auto-transformer provides a nother tap ,
the side thereof is declared as auto-connected.
Number
of sides Configuration types of the side
SIDE 1 SIDE 2 SIDE 3 SIDE 4
2 auto-connected auto-connected
3 auto-connected auto-connected auto-connected
3 auto-connected auto-connected compensation.
3 auto-connected auto-connected earth.electrode
4 auto-connected auto-connected auto-connected auto-connected
4 auto-connected auto-connected auto-connected compensation.
4 auto-connected auto-connected auto-connected earth.electrode
4 auto-connected auto-connected compensation. auto-connected
4 auto-connected auto-connected compensation. compensation.
4 auto-connected auto-connected compensation. earth.electrode
Number
of sides Configuration types of the side
SIDE 1 SIDE 2 SIDE 3 SIDE 4
3 auto-connected auto-connected earth.electrode
4 auto-connected auto-connected auto-connected earth.electrode
2 Functions
60 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
In the example in figure 2-6 is for a PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf. the side S3 the
tertiary winding, thus the accessible and load capable compensation winding. In this
example th e set tin g wou ld be:
Address 243 SIDE 3 = compensation.
This option is only possible for PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf..
In the examples of figure 2-7 for PROT. OBJECT = Autotr. node side 3 is facing
the earthing el ectrode of the transformer. Here:
Address 243 SIDE 3 = earth.electrode.
This option is only possible if PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf. or if PROT. OBJECT
= Autotr. node, if no further side has been assigned.
The same applied to address 244 SIDE 4 = earth.electrode
In summary we can say: the sides S1 and S2 are imperatively assigned to the connec-
tions of the auto-con nected winding. For SIDE 3 and SIDE 4 you have to select the
option correspondin g to the topolog y: auto-connected (for another tap of the auto-
connected winding), compensation (for an accessible and load-capab le compensa-
tion winding) or earth.electrode (for the earthed side of the auto-connected wind-
ings).
Assignment of Au x-
iliary 1-phase Mea-
suring Locations
Each of the auxiliary (1-phase) current inputs must now be assigned in the addresses
251 to 254. The number of auxiliary inputs depends on the device type (cf. Table 2-
1). In 7UT635 all inputs IX1 to IX3 are only availabl e as additional 1-phase measuring
inputs if they are not needed for a fifth 3-ph ase measuring location, i.e. if only four 3-
phase measuring locations are needed.
The auxiliary inputs can be assigned to a side or a measuring location, or they can
remain non-assig ned. If you have assigned exactly one measu ring location to a side,
this side is equivalent to the measuring location.
Single-phase auxiliary measured currents are used in the following cases:
1. In dif ferential protection, to include the starpoin t current of an earthed transformer
winding (either directly or via a neutral earthing reactor in the protected zone);
2. In restricted earth fault protection, to compare the starpoint current of an earthed
winding (transformer, generator, motor, shunt reactor, neutral earthing reactor)
with the zero seque nce current from th e ph ase currents;
3. In ea rth fault overcurrent p rotection, to detect the earth fa ult current of an earthed
winding or neutral earthin g reactor;
4. In single-phase overcurrent protection, to detect any 1-phase current ;
5. For operational limit monitoring tasks and/or display of measured values.
2.1 General
61
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
1st case: It is essential to assign the 1-phase input to that side of the main protected
object whose incoming phase currents are to be compared with the earth fault cur-
rent. Make sure that you assign the 1-phase input to the correct side. In case of
transformers, this can only be a side with an earthed starpoint (directly or via a
neutral eart hin g tran sf or me r in the pr ot ected zone).
In the example shown in Figure 2-2, the auxiliary measuring location X3 must be
assigned to side S1. Once the device has been "informed" of this assignment, the
current measured at current input IX3 will be reliably interpreted as the current
flowing to the starpoint of the high-voltage winding (side 1).
in the example shown in Figure 2-6 the additional measur ing location X3 must be
assigned to the common winding. This winding, however, has 2 sides with 2 three-
phase measuring locations. X3 is assigned to side S1. Since the device has been
informed in address 105 PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf. that the protected object
is an auto-transformer, and via the assignment of sides 1 and 2 that these belong
to the common winding, it is obvious that X3 belongs to the common winding, and
that it is therefor e ass ign e d to sid esS1 and S2. The result is the same if X3 is as-
signed to side S2. For the auto-transformer, it is therefore irrelevant which voltage
side of the common winding (st art of winding or an y t ap) the sta rpoint curren t is as-
signed to.
2nd case: For this case, the same considerations apply as for the 1st case. In the
case of generators, motors or shunt reactors, select th e terminal side. You can also
use in the 2nd case a measurin g location that is not assigned to the main protected
object. In the example shown in Figure 2-3, you can use the restricted earth fault
protection for the neutral reactor: The auxiliary measuring location X4 is in this case
assigned to the measuring location M5. This infor ms the device that the measured
values of the non-assigned measuring location M5 (3-phase) must be compared
with the measured value of the additional measuring location X4 (1-phase).
in the example shown in Figure 2-6 the additional measur ing location X3 must be
assigned to the common winding. This winding, however, has 2 sides with 2 three-
phase measuring locations. X3 is assigned to side S1. Since the device has been
informed in address 105 PROT. OBJECT = Autotransf. that the protected object
is an auto-transformer, and via the assignment of sides 1 and 2 that these belong
to the common winding, it is obvious that X3 belongs to the common winding, and
that it is therefor e ass ign e d to sid esS1 and S2. The result is the same if X3 is as-
signed to side S2. For the auto-transformer, it is therefore irrelevant which voltage
side of the common winding (st art of winding or an y t ap) the sta rpoint curren t is as-
signed to.
3rd case: Here again, the auxiliary measuring location must be assigned to that side
whose earth fault current is to be processed. You can also use a measuring location
that is not assigned to the main protected object. Please note that this auxiliary G96
measuring location will provide not only the measured value for the earth fault over-
current protection but also circuit breaker information (current flow and manual-
close detection) from the corr esponding 3-phase measuring location .
One can also proceed as described in cases 4 and 5, if the current used by the earth
fault overcurrent protection cannot be assigned to a specific side or 3-phase mea-
suring location.
2 Functions
62 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
4th and 5th case: In these cases you set the parameter for the assignment of the
auxiliary measuring location to conn/not assig. (connected but not assigned).
The auxiliary measuring location is then assigned to neither a specific side of the
main protecte d obje ct no r to any ot he r 3- ph a se mea su rin g loc at i on . These protec-
tion and measuring function s do not need any information on their assignment to a
3-phase measuring lo cation because they only process 1-phase currents.
General advice: If you want to use a 1-phase auxiliary measuring location both for
a function as per the 3rd to 5th case and for the 1st or 2nd case, you must of course
assign it as described in the 1st and 2nd case.
If the device is equipped with a 1-phase measuring inpu t but you do not need it, leave
the setting Not connected unchanged (not connected).
Of the addresses described in the following paragraphs, only those available in your
device will be displayed. Please keep in mind
that in 7UT613 and 7UT633 only the auxiliary inputs IX1 to IX3 are available, and
that they can be assigned to not more than 3 sides or 3-phase measuring locations;
that in 7UT635 the auxiliary inputs IX1 to IX3 cannot be assigned to th e measuring
location M5, since in this device either M5 or IX1 to IX3 are available.
Addresses 251 AUX. CT IX1, 252 AUX. CT IX2, 253 AUX. CT IX3 and
254 AUX. CT IX4 determine to which side of the main protected object or to which
3-phase measuring locatio n the single-pha se measurin g input IX1, IX2, IX3 or IX4 is
assigned. Set the side or measuring location, or no assignment at all, as described
above.
High-Sensitivity
Additional 1-phase
Measuring Loca-
tions
Depending on the version, the devices of the 7UT613/63x family are equipp ed with 1
or 2 auxiliary high-sensitivity measuring inputs which can detect currents as low as
3mA present at the input. These input s can be used for single- phase overcurren t pro-
tection.
The single-phase indepe ndent overcurrent protection is suited e.g. for high-sensitivity
tank leakage protection or for a high-impedance differential protection (cf. section 2.7),
if a high-sensitivity measuring input is use d.
If you want to use such a high-sensitivity current measuring input, you can specify this
to the device at the addresses 255 and 256.
In 7UT613 and 7UT633, input IX3 can be used as a high-sensitivity input. Set address
255 AUX CT IX3 TYPE to sensitiv input if IX3 is used as a high-sensitivity input;
otherwise leave the setting 1A/5A input unchanged.
In 7UT635 the input IX3 can be used as a high-sensitivity input provided that it is not
used for a fifth 3-phase measuring location, i.e. that only four 3-phase measuring lo-
cations are needed. In this case, se t address 255 AUX CT IX3 TYPE = sensitiv
input, if IX3 is used as a high-sensitivity input.
The input IX4 is always available as a single-phase input in 7UT635 and can be set at
address 256 AUX CT IX4 TYPE as sensitiv input or 1A/5A input.
Assignment of the
Voltage-measuring
Inputs
The 7UT613 and 7UT633 ( not the 7UT635) can be provided with voltage measuring
inputs. The 3- phase set of volt age inpu ts and the fourth volt age input can each be a s-
signed to one side or one measur ing location or to the busbar volt age (for busbar pro-
tection).
Measured voltages can be used in 7UT613/63x for the overexcitation protection, the
undervolt age protection, the overvolta ge protection, the reverse power protection, the
2.1 General
63
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
forward power monitoring, the frequency protection, or for measuring tasks like the
display of voltages or the calculation and output of power and ener gy metering.
Figure 2-8 shows the various possible voltage assignments (which, of course do not
occur all at the same time in practice). Address 261 must be set to VT SET.
For voltage measurement at Ua the vo ltages are measur ed on Side 1 of the main
protected object.
For voltage measurement at Ub, the vo ltages at the Measuring loc.2 are mea-
sured that are assigned to side 1 of the main protected object.
For voltage measurement at Uc the voltages are measured at the Busbar (only
possible in busbar protection).
For voltage measurement at Ud, voltages at the Measuring loc.3 are measured
that are not assigned to the main protected object.
For voltage measurement at Ue the vo ltages are measur ed on Side 2 of the main
protected object.
As these examples show, you can select sides, busbars, assigned or non-assigned
measuring locations. In 1-phase busbar protection, voltages can only be measured on
the Busbar.
In practice, the voltage assignment depends therefo re on the voltages which the
device is expected to receive and process. Of course, voltage transformers must be
installed at the appropriate locations and connected to the device.
Figure 2 - 8 Examples of measured voltage assignment
Voltage assignment:
Ua Vo ltage is measured at side S1 of the main protected object (power transformer)
Ub Vo ltage is measured at the measuring locatio n M2, assigned to side 1 of the main pro-
tected object
Uc Voltage is measured at a busbar
Ud Voltage is measured at the non-assigned measuring location M3
Ue Voltage is measured at side S2 of the main protected ob ject (power transformer)
2 Functions
64 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
If the voltage transformers represented as Ua do not exist in your system, you can, for
instance, use the voltages at Measuring loc.2 (represented as Ub), as they are
electrically identical (assuming that the circuit breaker is closed). The device then
assigns the voltage autom atically to side 1 and calculates th e power of the sid e from
this voltage and th e current of side S1, which is the su m of the currents from the mea-
suring locations M1 and M2.
If no voltages are connec te d, set Not connected.
If the overflux protection function is used, you must choose (and connect) a voltage
that is suitable for overflux protection. For transformers it must be a non-regulated
side, since a proportional r elationship between the quotient U/f and the iron core in-
duction B is found only there. If, for example in figure 2-8 the winding at side 1 has a
voltage controller, Side 2 must be selected.
For the power protection functions it is important that the voltages are measured at
such locations where the currents are flowing from which the power will be calculated.
If, for example, the power is relevant that is flowing from the high-voltage side (side
S1) into the transformer, as shown in figure 2-8, the assignment is set at address
261 VT SET = Side 1. At the measuring locations M1 and M2 the flowing currents
are multiplied by the voltage at Ua, in order to obtain the power.
In case of reverse power protection for a generator, the currents are usually measured
in the st arpoint leads and the volt ages at the ter minal side (figure 2- 9). It is also advis-
able here to not to assign the voltage to measuring location M2 or to side S2, but to
measuring location M1 or to side S1. For the power calculation the voltages a t U with
currents at M1 are taken into consideration. It is thus ensured that the active power
supply of the gene r ato r from t he network is evaluated as reverse power.
Figure 2-9 Power measurement at generator
If you have the choice to assign a side or a me asur ing location to the ma in p rotected
object as shown in figure 2-9 (S1 is identical to M1), such assignmen t of the sid e is
preferable, because the power can be set later directly in the (mostly known) reference
values. As the nominal data of the main protected object are known to the device, no
conversion of reference values to secondary values will be required.
The under- and overvolt age protection and the frequency protection also use the volt-
ages connected to the device. Select the side or measuring location here, which is
electrically connected to the voltage transformer set.
Should the voltages not be required for the protection functions, select the voltages
that must be indicated or transferred as operational measured values during ope ra-
tion, or on the basis of which you wish to calculate the power.
For the 1-phase volt age measurement input U4, likewise a side or measuring locatio n
can be selected at address 262 VT U4 - irrespective of the assignment of the 3-phase
voltage inputs. This measuring input is frequently used for the displacemen t voltage,
measured at the e-n windings of the voltage transformer set, but you can also use it
for detection of any other measured voltage. In this case set VT U4 = conn/not
assig. (connected, but not assigned). If no voltage is needed at the 1-phase volt age
input, set Not connected (not connected).
2.1 General
65
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
As different connections are possible, you must now specify in the device how the con-
nected 1-phase voltage should be interpreted. This is done at address 263 VT U4
TYPE. Set Udelta transf. if the voltage assigned acc. to address 262 is a dis-
placement voltage. It can also be any phase-to-earth voltage (e.g. UL1E
transform.), or a phase-to-phase voltage (e.g. UL12 transform.). If U4 is con-
nected to a voltage which is assigned to no side or measuring location, set Ux
transformer.
2.1.4.2 General Power System Data (Power System Data 1)
General The device requires some plant and power system data in order to be able to adapt its
functions accordingly, dependent on the actual application. The da ta re quired include
for instance rate d data of the substatio n and the measuring transformers, polarity and
connection of the measured qu antities, if necessary features of the circuit breakers,
and others. There ar e also certain parameters common to all functions, i.e. not asso-
ciated with a specific protection, control or monitoring function. These dat a can only
be changed from a PC running DIGSI and are discussed in this section.
Rated Frequency The rated frequency of the power system is set under address 270 Rated
Frequency. The available rated frequencies are 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 16,7 Hz.
Phase Sequence Under addre ss 271 PHASE SEQ. the presetting for clockwise rotation L1 L2 L3 can
be changed if a power plant has an anticlockwise rotation L1 L3 L2. The phase se-
quence has no influence on the vector group conversion of the differential protection
as long as the identical phase rotation is present on all sides of the protected object.
This setting is irrelevant for single-phase application and is not accessible.
Figure 2 - 10 Phase rotation
Temperature Unit The temperature of the hot-spot temperature calculation can be displayed in Celsius
or Fahrenheit. This applies in particular for the output of the hot-spot temperature if
you are using the overload pro tection with hot-spot calculation. Set the desired tem-
perature unit in address 276 TEMP. UNIT. Changing temperature units does not
mean that setting values which are linked to these temperature units will automatically
be converted. They have to be re-entered into their corresponding valid addresses.
Object Data with
Transformers Transformer data are r equired if th e device is used for differential protection for trans-
formers, i.e. if the following was set with the configuration of the protection functions
(functional scope) under address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 3 phase transf. or 1
phase transf. or Autotr. node. In cases other than that, these settings are not
available.
2 Functions
66 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Please observe the definition of the sides which you have performed during setting of
the topology of the main protected object (cf. Determining the Topology). Generally,
side 1 is the reference winding having a current phase angle of 0° and no vector group
indicator. Usually this is the higher voltage winding of the transformer.
The object data contain information about each of the sides of the protected obje ct as
defined in the topology statements. No data of the sides which are not assigned are
requested here. They will be entered at a later date (margin heading „Object Data for
Further Protected Objects“).
For side 1 the device needs the following information:
The primary rated voltag e UN in kV (phase-to-phase) under address 311 UN-PRI
SIDE 1.
The primary rated apparen t power under address 312 SN SIDE 1. Note that the
power ratings of the windings of power transformers with more than 2 windings may
differ . Here, the rating of the winding assigned to side 1 is decisive. The power must
always be entered as a primary value, even if the device is generally configured in
secondary values. The device calculates the rated current of the protected winding
from this power.
The starpoint condition under address 313 STARPNT SIDE 1: Earthed or
Isolated. If the starpoint is earthed via a current-limiting circuit (e.g. low-resistive)
or via a Petersen-coil (high-reactive), set Earthed, too. The starpoint is also
treated as Earthed if a starpoint former (neutral earthing reactor) is installed within
the protected zone of the winding.
The mode of interconnection of the transformer windings under address 314
CONNECTION S1. If side 1 is that of the high-voltage side of the transformer, this is
normally the capital letter of the vector group according to IEC (Y or D). For auto-
transformers and single-phase transformers, only Y is permitted.
If the transformer wind ing is regulated, not the actual rated voltage of the windin g UNB
is used, but rather the voltage which corresponds to the average current of the regu-
lated range.
with Umax, Umin at the limits of the tap chang er.
Calculation example:
Transformer YNd5
35 MVA
110 kV/20 kV
Y–winding with tap changer ±20 %
This results for the regulated winding (110 kV) in:
maximum voltage Umax = 132 kV
minimum voltage Umin = 88 kV
Voltage setting (address 311)
2.1 General
67
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
For side 2, the same consideration s apply as for the side 1: The primary rated volta ge
UN-PRI SIDE 2 (under address 321), the starpoint condition STARPNT SIDE 2
(under address 323). Observe strictly the assignment of the side according to the to-
pological definitions made before.
The primary rated apparent power under address 322 SN SIDE 2 is that of the
winding assigned to side 2. Co ncerning po wer transfor mers with mo re than two wind -
ings, the windings may have different power ratings. The power must always be
entered as a primary value, even if the device is generally configured in secondary
values. The device calculates the rated current of the protected winding from this
power.
The mode of connection CONNECTION S2 (address 324) an d th e ve cto r gr ou p
numeral VECTOR GRP S2 (address 325) must match the transformer data of the
transformer windings at side 2. The vector group numeral states the phase displace-
ment of side 2 against the r eference winding, si de 1. It is define d according to IEC as
the multiple of 30°. If the higher voltage side is the reference (side 1), you may take
the data directly from the vector group designation. For instance, for a transformer Yd5
is CONNECTION S2 = D and VECTOR GRP S2 = 5. Every vector group from 0 to 11
can be set provided it is possible (for inst ance, Yy, Dd and Dz allow only even, Yd, Yz
and Dy allow only odd nu merals). For the auto-connected winding of auto-transform-
ers and for single-phase transformers, only Y 0 is permissible.
If a reference winding othe r than the higher volt age one is use d, it must be noted that
this changes the ve cto r gr ou p num er al: e.g . a Yd5 transformer is regarded from the
lower voltage side as Dy7.
Figure 2-1 1 Change of the transformer vector group if the lower voltage side is the reference
side — example
If the power transformer includes more than 2 windings or assigned sides, similar con-
siderations apply for the further windings (winding 4 and 5 only with 7UT635). If you
have declared the starpoint connections of an auto-transformer bank as a separate
side in order to establish a current compar ison protection for each of the windings
(refer also to Figure 2-7 and the respective notes under „Auto-Transformer Banks“),
no settings will be presented for this side as they would have no meaning for this ap-
plication. If in an auto-transformer side S3 or S4 is a compensation winding, the mode
of connection is always assumed to be „D“, and only odd-numbered vector groups can
be selected for these sides.
2 Functions
68 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
For the winding assigned to side 3 , the following data are relevant:
•Address 331 UN-PRI SIDE 3 the primary rated voltage (consider regulating
range),
•Address 332 SN SIDE 3 the primary rated apparent power,
•Address 333 STARPNT SIDE 3 the starpoint treatment,
•Address 334 CONNECTION S3 the winding connection mode,
•Address 335 VECTOR GRP S3 the vector group numeral.
For the winding assigned to side 4 , the following data are relevant:
•Address 341 UN-PRI SIDE 4 the primary rated voltage (consider regulating
range),
•Address 342 SN SIDE 4 the primary rated apparent power,
•Address 343 STARPNT SIDE 4 the starpoint conditioning,
•Address 344 CONNECTION S4 the winding connection mode,
•Address 345 VECTOR GRP S4 the vector group numeral.
For the winding assigned to side 5 , the following data are relevant:
•Address 351 UN-PRI SIDE 5 the primary rated voltage (consider regulating
range),
•Address 352 SN SIDE 5 the primary rated apparent power,
•Address 353 STARPNT SIDE 5 the starpoint conditioning,
•Address 354 CONNECTION S5 the winding connection mode,
•Address 355 VECTOR GRP S5 the vector group numeral.
The device automatically co mputes from these data of the protected transfor mer and
its windings the curr ent-matching formulae which are required to match the vector
group and the different rated winding currents. The currents are converted such that
the sensitivity of the protection always refers to the power rating of the transformer.
In case of different rating of the windings, the rated apparent power of the most po w-
erful winding is the rate d apparent power of th e transformer . In general, no ci rcuits are
required for matching of the vector group and no manual calculations for converting of
rated current are normally necessary.
Object Data with
Generators, Motors
and Reactors
Using the 7UT613/6 3x for protection of genera tors or motors, the following must have
been set when configuring the scope of functions (see section Functional Scope,
address 105): PROT. OBJECT = Generator/Motor. These settings also apply for
series and shunt reactors if a complete set of current transformers is connected to both
sides. In cases other than that, these settings are not available.
With address 361 UN GEN/MOTOR you inform the device of the primary rated volt age
(phase-to-phase) of the machine to be protected.
The primary rate d power set under address 362 SN GEN/MOTOR is the direct primary
rated apparent power of the machine. The power must always be entered as a primary
value, even if the device is generally configured in secondary values. The device cal-
culates the r ated current of the pr otected object an d it s sides from this power and the
rated voltage. This is the reference for all referred values.
Object Data with
Mini-Busbars,
Branch-Points,
Short Lines (3-
phase)
These data are only required if the device is used as 3-phase differential protection for
mini busbars or short lines. When configuring the scope of functions (see Scope of
Functions, ad dr es s 105), the following must have been set: PROT. OBJECT = 3ph
Busbar. In cases othe r th an tha t, th ese settings are no t av aila ble .
2.1 General
69
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
The primary rated voltag e (phase-to- phase) 370 UN BUSBAR is important for voltage-
dependent prote ction functions (such as overexcit ation protection, volta ge protection,
frequency protecti on, power p rotection functi ons). It also influences the calcula tion of
the operational mea sured values.
The feeders of a busbar may be rated for different currents. For instance, an overhead
line may be able to carry higher load than a cable feeder or a transformer feeder. You
can define a primary rated current for each side (feeder) of the protected object; this
current will be the reference for all referred values. These ratings may differ from the
rated currents of the associated current transformers which latter will be entered at a
later stage (current transformer data). Figure 2-12 shows the example of a busbar with
3 feeders.
Additionally, a rated current for the entire busb ar as the main prot ected object can be
determined. The currents of all measuring location s assigned to the main object are
converted such that the values of the differential protection are referred to this rated
current of the main protected object, here the busbar . If the current rating of the busbar
is known, set this rated current in address 371 I PRIMARY OP.. If no rated current
of the busbar is defined, you should select the highest of the rated currents of the sides
(= feeders). In Figure 2-1 2, the rated object current ( busbar current) would be 1000 A.
Figure 2-12 Rated current of the sides of a busbar with 3 feeders (set address 105 PROT. OBJECT = 3ph Busbar)
The object dat a concern only dat a of the pr otected main object as defin ed in the topol-
ogy. No da ta of the sides wh ich ar e no t as sign e d ar e re qu e ste d he re . Th e y will be
entered at a later date (margin heading „Object Data for Further Protected Objects“).
Under addr ess 372 I PRIMARY OP S1, set the rated primary current of the feeder
1. As mentioned above, the sides and the assigned measurement locations are iden-
tical for busbars.
The same considerations apply for the further sides:
Address 373 I PRIMARY OP S2 for side (feeder) 2,
Address 374 I PRIMARY OP S3 for side (feeder) 3,
Address 375 I PRIMARY OP S4 for side (feeder) 4,
Address 376 I PRIMARY OP S5 for side (feeder) 5.
Addresses 375 and 376, are omitted in 7UT613 and 7U T6 3 3 sinc e th ese versions
allow only for 3 sides.
2 Functions
70 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Object Data with
Busbars (1-phase
Connection) with
up to 6 or 9 or 12
Feeders
These busbar data are only requir ed if th e de vice is used for single-phase busbar dif-
ferential protection. When configuring the scope of functions (see Scope of Functions,
address 105), the fo llowing must have been se t: PROT. OBJECT = 1ph Busbar. In
cases other than that, these settings are not available. 7UT613 and 7UT633 allow up
to 9, 7UT635 up to 12 feeders.
With address 370 UN BUSBAR you inform the device of the primary rated voltage
(phase-to-phase). This setting has no effect on the pr otective functions but influences
the displays of the ope ra tio na l me asur ed valu es.
The feeders of a busbar may be rated for dif ferent currents. For instance, an overhead
line may be able to carry higher load than a cable feed er or a transformer feeder. You
can define a pr imary rated current for each feeder of the p rotected object; this current
will be the reference for all referred values. These ratings may differ from the rated cur-
rents of the associated current transformers which latter will be entered at a later stage
(current transformer dat a). Figure 2- 12 shows the example of a busbar with 3 feeders.
Additionally, a rated current for the entire b usbar as the main prot ected object can be
determined. The currents of all measuring locations assigned to the main object are
converted such that the values of th e differen tial protection are referred to this rated
current of the main protected object, here the busbar . If the current rating of the busbar
is known, set this rated current in address 371 I PRIMARY OP.. If no rated current
of the busbar is defined, you should select the highest of the rated currents of the sides
(= feeders). In Figure 2-12, the rated object curre nt (busbar current) would be 1000 A.
Under address 381 I PRIMARY OP 1, set the rated primary current of feeder 1.
The same considerations apply for the further feeders:
•Address 382 I PRIMARY OP 2 for feeder 2,
•Address 383 I PRIMARY OP 3 for feeder 3,
•Address 384 I PRIMARY OP 4 for feeder 4,
•Address 385 I PRIMARY OP 5 for feeder 5,
•Address 386 I PRIMARY OP 6 for feeder 6,
•Address 387 I PRIMARY OP 7 for feeder 7,
•Address 388 I PRIMARY OP 8 for feeder 8,
•Address 389 I PRIMARY OP 9 for feeder 9,
•Address 390 I PRIMARY OP 10 for feeder 10,
•Address 391 I PRIMARY OP 11 for feeder 11,
•Address 392 I PRIMARY OP 12 for feeder 12.
In 7UT613 and 7UT633 addresses 390 to 392 are omitted, since these versions only
permit 9 feeders.
If one 7UT613/63x is used per phase, set the same rated current and voltage of a
feeder for all three devices. For the identification of the phases for fault annunciations
and measured values each device is to be informed on the phase to which it is as-
signed. This is to be set in address 396 PHASE SELECTION.
Object Data for
Further Protected
Objects
The object data described in the previou s paragraphs relate to the main protected
object whose sides and measuring locations have been assigned according to section
2.1.4.1. If you have defined further protected objects in your topology, a number of
non-assigned measuring locations will be left. The rated values of these are requested
now.
The considerations concerning rated voltages and current are the same as for the
main protected object. Only those of the following addresses will appear during setting
2.1 General
71
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
which relate to the non-assign ed measuring locations, according to the set topology.
Since the main protected object provid es at least 2 measuring locations (differential
protection would make no sense with fewer), M1 and M2 will never appear here.
Address 403 I PRIMARY OP M3 requests the rated primar y operating current at the
measuring location M3 provided this is not assigned to the main protected object.
Address 404 I PRIMARY OP M4 requests the rated primar y operating current at the
measuring location M4 provided this is not assigned to the main protected object.
Address 405 I PRIMARY OP M5 requests the rated primar y operating current at the
measuring location M5 provided this is not assigned to the main protected object.
Addresses 404 and 405, are omitted in 7UT613 and 7U T6 3 3 sinc e th ese versions
allow only 3 measuring locations.
V olta ge data have only a meanin g in 7UT613 or 7UT633 if the device is eq uipped with
voltage inputs. In case the 3-phase voltage inputs relate to the main protected object,
the rated voltages have already been set. But, if 3-phase voltage mea surement is in-
tended at a measuring location which is not assigned to the main protected object, e.g.
in address 261 VT SET a non-assigned Measuring loc.3 is selected, then you
have to enter the rated voltage of this measuring location in address 408 UN-PRI M3.
This is a precondition for correct display and transmission of measured values (volt-
ages, powers). Similar considerations apply to address 409 UN-PRI U4.
Current Transform-
er Data for 3-phase
Measuring Loca-
tions
The rated primary operational currents for the protected object and its sides derive
from the object data. The data of the current transformer sets at the sides of the pro-
tected object generally differ slightly from the object data before-described. They can
also be completely different. Currents have to have a clear polarity to ensure correct
function of the dif ferential protection and restricted earth fault protection as well as for
correct display of operational measured values (power etc.).
Therefore the device must be informed about the current transformer data. For 3-
phase protected objects, this is done by entering rated currents and the secondary
starpoint position of the current transformer sets.
In address 512 IN-PRI CT M1 the rated primary current of the current transformer
set of measuring location M 1 is set, in address 513 IN-SEC CT M1 the rated second-
ary current. Please make sure that the sides were defined correctly (see subsection
2.1.4.1, margin heading „ Ass ig nme nt of 3-pha se Meas urin g Location s“ ). Please also
make sure that the rated secondary transformer currents match the setting fo r the
rated currents of these measuring inputs of the device. Otherwise the device will cal-
culate incorrect primary d ata, an d malfunction o f the dif ferential protection may occur.
Indication of the starpoint position of the current transformers determines the polarity
of the current s. To inform the device of th e st arpoint position in relation to the measur-
ing location 1, use address 511 STRPNT->OBJ M1 (starpoint versus object: YES or
NO). Figure 2-13 shows some examples for this setting.
2 Functions
72 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-13 Position of CT starpoints at 3-phase measurin g locations - example
2.1 General
73
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Similar applies for the furt he r m easu rin g loc at i on s (ass ig ned or non - ass ign e d to th e
main protected object). Only those addresses will appear during setting which are
available in the actual device version.
Measuring Location 2
Address 521 STRPNT->OBJ M2 starpoint position of CTs for measuring location
M2,
Address 522 IN-PRI CT M2 prim. rated current of CTs for measuring locatio n M2,
Address 523 IN-SEC CT M2 sec. nominal current CT for measuring location M2,
Measuring Location 3
Address 531 STRPNT->OBJ M3 starpoint position of CT for measuring location M3,
Address 532 IN-PRI CT M3 prim. rated current of CTs for measuring locatio n M3,
Address 533 IN-SEC CT M3 sec. nominal current CT for measuring location M3,
Measuring Location 4
Address 541 STRPNT->OBJ M4 starpoint position of CT for measuring location M4,
Address 542 IN-PRI CT M4 prim. rated current of CTs for measuring locatio n M4,
Address 543 IN-SEC CT M4 sec.. rated current of CTs for measuring location M4.
Measuring Location 5
Address 551 STRPNT->OBJ M5 starpoint position of CTs for measuring location
M5,
Address 552 IN-PRI CT M5 prim. rated current of CTs for measuring locatio n M5,
Address 553 IN-SEC CT M5 sec. nominal current CT for measuring location M5,
If the device is applied as transverse differential protection for generators or motors,
special considerations must be observed for the CT connections: In a healthy opera-
tional state all currents flow into the protected object, i.e. in contrast to the other appli-
cations. Therefore you have to set a „wrong“ polarity for one of the current transformer
sets. The part windings of the machine windings correspond to the „sides“.
One example is illustrated in figure 2-14. Although the st arpoints of both current trans-
former sets are looking towards the protected object, the opposite setting is to be se-
lected for “side 2”: STRPNT->OBJ M2 = NO.
Figure 2- 14 Current transformer starpoints in transverse differential protection - example
2 Functions
74 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Current Transform-
er Data for Single-
phase Busbar Pro-
tection
The operational no minal currents of each feeder have already been set under marg in
heading „Object Dat a with Busbars (1-phase Connection) with up to 9 or 12 Feeders“.
The feeder curren ts are referred to these nom inal feeder currents. However, the rated
currents of the current transformers may differ from the nominal feeder currents.
Therefore, the device must be informed about the current transformer data, too. In
figure
2-15 the rated CT currents are 1000 A (feeder 1), 500 A (feeder 2 and 3).
If rated current s have already been match ed by external equipment (e.g. by match ing
transformers), the rate d curren t value, used as a base value for the calculation of the
external matching transformers, is to be indicated uniform. Normally, it is the rated op-
erational current. The same applies if external summation transformers are used.
Indicate the rated primary transformer curr ent fo r each feeder. The interrogation only
applies to data of the number of feeders determined during the configuration accord-
ing to section 2.1.4, margin he ading „Global Data for 1-phase Bu sbar Protection“ (ad-
dress 216 NUMBER OF ENDS).
For rated secondary current s please make sure that rate d secondary transformer cu r-
rents match with the rate d current of the corresponding current input of the device.
Rated secondary currents of a device can be matched. If summation transformers are
used, the rated current at the outgoing side is usually 100 mA. For rated secondary
currents a value of 0.1 A is therefore set for all feeders.
Indication of th e st arpo int position of the cu rrent tr ansformers determin es the polarity
of the current transformer s. Se t for ea ch feeder if the starpoint is looking towards the
busbar or not. Figure 2-15 shows an example of 3 feeders in which the transformer
starpo int in feeder 1 and feeder 3 are looking towards the busbar, unlike feeder 2.
If external interposed transformers are used, it is presumed that these are connected
with correct polarity.
Figure 2-15 Position of the CT starpoints — example for phase L1 of a busbar with 3 feeders
Hereinafter the parameters for the individual feeders:
2.1 General
75
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Feeder 1
Address 561 STRPNT->BUS I1 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 1,
Address 562 IN-PRI CT I1 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 1,
Address 563 IN-SEC CT I1 = rated secondary transformer current for feeder 1.
Feeder 2
Address 571 STRPNT->BUS I2 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 2,
Address 572 IN-PRI CT I2 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 2,
Address 573 IN-SEC CT I2 = rated secondary current for feeder 2.
Feeder 3
Address 581 STRPNT->BUS I3 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 3,
Address 582 IN-PRI CT I3 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 3,
Address 583 IN-SEC CT I3 = rated secondary current for feeder 3.
Feeder 4
Address 591 STRPNT->BUS I4 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 4,
Address 592 IN-PRI CT I4 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 4,
Address 593 IN-SEC CT I4 = rated secondary current for feeder 4.
Feeder 5
Address 601 STRPNT->BUS I5 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 5,
Address 602 IN-PRI CT I5 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 5,
Address 603 IN-SEC CT I5 = rated secondary current for feeder 5.
Feeder 6
Address 611 STRPNT->BUS I6 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 6,
Address 612 IN-PRI CT I6 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 6,
Address 613 IN-SEC CT I6 = rated secondary current for feeder 6.
Feeder 7
Address 621 STRPNT->BUS I7 = transformer starpoint ve rsus busbar for feeder 7
Address 622 IN-PRI CT I7 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 7,
Address 623 IN-SEC CT I7 = rated secondary current for feeder 7.
Feeder 8
Address 631 STRPNT->BUS I8 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 8,
Address 632 IN-PRI CT I8 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 8,
Address 633 IN-SEC CT I8 = rated secondary current for feeder 8.
Feeder 9
Address 641 STRPNT->BUS I9 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feeder 9,
Address 642 IN-PRI CT I9 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 9,
Address 643 IN-SEC CT I9 = rated secondary current for feeder 9.
The following settings are only availa ble in 7UT635:
Feeder 10
Address 651 STRPNT->BUS I10 = transformer starpoint versus busbar for feed er
10,
Address 652 IN-PRI CT I10 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 10,
Address 653 IN-SEC CT I10 = rated secondary current for feeder 10.
2 Functions
76 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Feeder 11
•Address 661 STRPNT->BUS I11 = transformer star point versus busbar for feeder
11,
•Address 662 IN-PRI CT I11 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 11,
•Address 663 IN-SEC CT I11 = rated secondary current for feeder 11.
Feeder 12
•Address 671 STRPNT->BUS I12 = transformer star point versus busbar for feeder
12,
•Address 672 IN-PRI CT I12 = rated primary transformer current for feeder 12,
•Address 673 IN-SEC CT I12 = rated secondary current for feeder 12.
Current Transform-
er Data for 1-phase
Further Current
Inputs
The number of 1-phase further current inputs depends on the device version. Such
inputs are used for detection of the starpoint current of an earthed windin g of a trans-
former, generator, or motor, shunt reactor, or neutral reactor, or for different 1-phase
measuring purposes. The assignment has already been carried out in Subsection
2.1.4, margin heading „Assignment of Auxiliary 1-phase Measuring Locations“, the as-
signment of the protection functions will be done in section „Assignment of the Protec-
tion Functions to the Measur ing Locations/Sides“. These settings concern exclu sively
the current transforme r data, regardless of whether or not they belong to the main pr o-
tected object.
The device requests also the polarity and rated currents of the connected 1-phase
CTs. The clarifications below comprise all possible settings, in the actual case only
those addresses will appear which are available in the actual version and defined in
the topology.
Enter the primary rated current of each further 1-phase current transformer which is
connected and assig ned to a furth er 1-phas e current inpu t of the device. Please note
the previous as s ign m en t of th e me asuring locations (see section 2.1.4.1, margin
heading „Assignment of Auxiliary 1-phase Measuring Locations“).
Distinction must be made for the secondary rated currents whether the 1-phase
current input is a „normal“ or a „high-sensitivity“ input of the device:
If a „normal“ input is concerned, set the secondary current in the same way as for the
3-phase current inputs. Please make sure that the rated secondary CT current
matches the rated current of the corresponding current input of the device. Rated sec-
ondary currents of the device can be matched.
If a „high-sensitivity“ current input is used, no rated secondary current is defined. In
order to calculate primary values for such measuring inputs (e.g. for setting in primary
values or for output of primary measured values), the conversion factor INprim/INsec of
the current transformer is set.
The polarity of a 1-phase curr ent input is impo rtant for correct function of the differen-
tial protection and the restricted earth fault pr otection. If only the magnitude of the
current is of interest (e.g. for earth overcurrent protection or single-phase over current
protection) the polarity is irrelevant, Even though a high-sensitive 1-p hase current
input has been selected, the polarity setting is omitted as it only processes the current
amount.
For polarity informatio n, set to which device terminal the side of the current transform-
er facing the earth electrode is connected, i.e. not the side facing the starpoint itself.
The secondary earthing point of the CT is of no interest. Figure 2-16 shows the alter-
natives using as an example an earthed transformer winding for auxiliary current IX1.
2.1 General
77
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2- 16 Polarity check for 1-phase current inputs IX1
The following applies for the (max. 4, dependent on device version on connections)
1-phase current inputs:
For the auxiliary measuring input X1
Address 711 EARTH IX1 AT with the options Terminal Q7 or Terminal Q8,
Address 712 IN-PRI CT IX1 = primary rated CT current,
Address 713 IN-SEC CT IX1 = secondary rated CT current.
For the auxiliary measuring input X2
Address 721 EARTH IX2 AT with the options Terminal N7 or Terminal N8,
Address 722 IN-PRI CT IX2 = primary rated CT current,
Address 723 IN-SEC CT IX2 = secondary rated CT current.
For the auxiliary measuring input X3
Address 731 EARTH IX3 AT with the options Terminal R7 or Terminal R8
(not for high-sensitivity input),
Address 732 IN-PRI CT IX3 = primary rated CT current,
Address 733 IN-SEC CT IX3 = sec. rated CT current (not for high-sensitivity
input),
Address 734 FACTOR CT IX3 = CT transform. ratio (only for high-sensitivity input).
For the auxiliary measuring input X4
Address 741 EARTH IX4 AT with the options Terminal P7 or Terminal P8
(not for high-sensitivity input),
Address 742 IN-PRI CT IX4 = primary rated CT current,
Address 743 IN-SEC CT IX4 = sec. rated CT current (not for high-sensitivity
input),
Address 744 FACTOR CT IX4 = CT transform. ratio (only for high-sensitivity input).
Note
For devices in panel surface mounted housing, terminal designations apply as per
table 2-4.
2 Functions
78 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Table 2-4 Terminal designation with surface mounted housing
Voltage Transform-
er Data If the device is equipped with measuring voltage inputs and these inputs are assigned,
the voltage transform e r da ta are of releva nce .
For the 3-phase voltage input, you set at address 801 UN-PRI VT SET the primary
rated VT voltag e (phase-to-phase), and at address 802 UN-SEC VT SET the second-
ary rated VT voltage.
If the reverse power protection with high-precision active power measurement is used,
a correction of the angle faults of the current and voltage transformers is particularly
important, as in this case a very low active power is computed from a very high appar-
ent power (for small cos ϕ). In other cases, absolute compliance with the angle of mea-
sured values is usually not required. In 7UT613/63x angle errors are correc ted in the
voltage paths. The question of which current transformer set refers to the correction,
is thus irrelevant, and an influence on the currents for differential protection and all
current functions by this correction is avoided. All power functions are corrected on the
other side. The an gle correction is not import ant to the pure volt age functions (ove rex-
citation protection, un dervolt age p rotection , overvoltage protection, frequency protec-
tion), as the precise phase a ngle of the voltages is not relevant there. Set the resulting
angle difference of the current and voltage transformers relevant for the reverse power
protection un de r add re ss 803 CORRECT. U Ang. In electrical machines, determina-
tion of the corrective value is possible at primary commissioning of the machine.
For the 1-phase voltage input, you set at address 811 UN-PRI VT U4 the primary
rated voltage of the connected 1-phase voltage transformer, and at address 812 UN-
SEC VT U4 the secondary voltage. The addresses 811 and 812 must be set if the U4
transformer set has a different reference than the VT SET.
If the single-phase voltage input of a U4 transformer is a Uen transformer and equally
assigned like the main transformer set, then a different transformation ratio of the
single-phase voltage transformer from the three-phase voltage transformer set can be
set under addre ss 816 Uph / Udelta. If the single-phase volta ge input at the op en
delta win ding e- n of the vol tage transformer set is connected, th e voltage transforma-
tion of the transformer is normally as follows:
Factor Uph/Uen (secondary voltage) 3/sqrt(3) = 3 1.73 must be used. For other
transformation ratios, e.g. if the residual volt age is formed by an interposed transform-
er set, the factor must be adapted accordingly. This factor is of importance fo r the
monitoring of the measured values and the scaling of the measuremen t and distur-
bance recording signals.
Flush mounted
housing Corresponds to surface mounted housing, terminal 1-phase current
input
7UT613 7UT633 7UT635
Ter m inal Q7 22 47 47 IX1
Ter m inal Q8 47 97 97
Terminal N7 11 36 36 IX2
Terminal N8 36 86 86
Terminal R7 18 43 43 IX3
Terminal R8 43 93 93
Terminal P7 ––32
IX4
Terminal P8 ––82
2.1 General
79
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
If the U4 transformer set is a Uen transformer, then address 817 Uph(U4)/Udelta
must be set.
817 Uph(U4)/Udelta (0.10-9.99 ; without 0)
2.1.4.3 Assignment of Protection Functions to Measuring Locations / Sides
Main Protection
Function = Differen-
tial Protection
The main protected object, i.e. the protected object which has been selected at
address 105 PROT. OBJECT during the configuration of the protection function, is
always defined by its sides, each of which can have one or multiple measuring loca-
tions assigned to them (section 2.1.4 under Assignment of 3-p hase Measur ing Loca-
tions“ and subsequent margin headings. Combined with the object and transformer
data according to subsection „General Power System Data“, the sides define unam-
biguously the manner in which to process the currents su pplied by the measuring lo-
cations (CT sets) for the main protection function, differential protection (section
2.2.1).
In the example shown in Figure 2-2, the 3-phase measuring locations M1 and M2 have
been assigned to side S1 (high-volt age side of the transformer) . This ensures that the
summated curre nts flowing throu gh M1 and M2 towards the pr otected object are eval-
uated as current s fl owing in to the transfor mer side S1 . L ikewise , the cur rents flowing
through M3 and M4 towards the protected object are evaluated as currents flowing
into the transformer. Where an external curre nt flows in via M4 and o ut again through
M3, the sum of IM3 + IM4 = 0, i.e. no current flows into the protected object at that point.
Nevertheless both currents are used for restraint of the differential protection. For
more details, ple ase refer to the description of the dif ferential pr otection function (sub-
section 2.2.1).
By the assignment of the auxiliary measuring location X3 to side S1 of the transformer ,
it is defined that the 1-phase earth fault current measured at X3 flows into the starpoint
of the high-voltage winding, (subsection 2.1.4, „Topology of the Protected Object“
under margin heading „Assignment of Auxiliary 1-phase Measuring Locations“).
As the topology thus provides for the differential protection a full description of the pro-
tected object with all its sides and measuring locations, no further information is re-
quired for this function. There are, however, various possibilities to enter information
for the other protection functions.
Restricted Earth
Fault Protection Normally, the restricte d ea rt h fa ult pr o tec ti on (section 2.3) is assigned to one side of
the main protected o bject, namely th e side with th e ear thed st ar point. In the example
shown in Figure 2-2, this would be the side S1; therefore, address 413 REF PROT.
AT would be se t to Side 1 The 3-phase measur ing locations M1 and M2 have been
assigned to this side during the definition of the topology. Therefore, the sum of the
currents IM1 + IM2 is consid er ed to be flowin g int o sid e S1 of th e tra n sfo rm e r.
By the assignment of the auxiliary measuring location X3 to side S1 of the transformer ,
it is defined that the 1-phase earth fault current measured at X3 flows into the starpoint
of the higher voltage winding, (subsection 2.1.4, „Topology of the Protected Object“
under margin heading „Assignment of Auxiliary 1-phase Measuring Locations“).
If the main protected object is an auto-transformer, the restricted earth fault protection
must use the currents of both power supply circuits of the auto-connected winding,
since it cannot be determined which portion of the earth fault current from the earthing
electrode goes to the full winding and which to the tap. In Figure 2-6 the currents of
the 3-phase measuring locations M1 and M2 flow into the auto-connected winding, the
1-phase earth fault current is measured at the auxiliary measuring location X3. The 3-
phase measuring location M3 is irrelevant for the restricted earth fault protection.
2 Functions
80 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Since the assignment of the 3-phase measuring locations and of the auxiliary measur-
ing location is also defined by the topology, you only need to set auto-connected
for the restricte d ea rt h fa ult pr otection REF PROT. AT. This is also true if the auto-
connected winding has more than one tap.
But the restricted earth fault protection can also act upon an object other than the main
protected object. In Figure 2-3 the main protected object is a three-winding transform-
er with the sides S1, S2 and S3. The 3-phase measuring location M5, on the other
hand, belongs to the neutral reactor. You have now the option to use the restricted
earth fault protection for this reactor. Since for this further protected object no sides
are defined, you can assign here the restricted earth fault protection to the 3-phase
measuring location M5, which is not assigned to the main protected object: set
address 413 REF PROT. AT to n.assigMeasLoc5.
By the assignment of the auxiliary measuring location X4 to the 3-phase measuring
location M5, it is defined that the 1-phase earth fault cu rrent measured at X4 belongs
to the neutral reactor co nnected to M5 (subsection „Topology of the Pr otected Object“
under margin heading „Assignment of Auxiliary 1-phase Measuring Locations“).
7UT613/63x provides a second earth fault differential protection. A earth fault differ-
ential protection for both of the winding s can be implemented in a YNyn transformer,
for example, that is earthed at both starpoints. Or use the first earth fault differential
protection for an earthed transformer winding and the second for a further protective
object, e.g. a neutral reacto r. Set address 414 REF PROT. 2 AT in accordance with
the aspects as for the first earth fault differential protection.
Further 3-phase
Protection Func-
tions
A reminder: the single-phase power transformer is treated like a three-phase power
transformer (without phase L2 ). Therefore, the three-phase protection functions apply
also for this (except the overcurrent protection for zero sequence current and asym-
metrical load protection).
These further protection functions can operate on the main protected object or on a
further protected object. The possibilities depend on the definitions made in the topol-
ogy.
For the main protection obje ct, you normally choose one side for wh ich the protection
function will be effective. If in the example shown in Figure 2-2 you want to use the
time overcurrent protection for phase currents (Section 2.4.1) as a backup protection
on the high-voltage side, you set address 420 DMT/IDMT Ph AT to Side 1. The
phase overcurrent protection then acquires the sum of the currents flowing through the
measuring locations M1 and M2 (for each phase) towards the transformer.
You can also set the phase overcurrent protection to be effective for one single mea-
suring location of the main protected object. If in the same example you want to use
the overcurrent protection as a protection for the auxiliaries system circuit, you set
address 420 DMT/IDMT Ph AT to Measuring loc.3.
Finally, you can also set the overcurrent protection to be effective for another protec-
tion object, i.e. assign it to a 3-phase measuring location which is not assigned to the
main protection object. To do so, you select that measuring location. In the example
shown in Figure 2-2, you can use the overcurrent protection as a protection for the
cable feeder by settin g address 420 DMT/IDMT Ph AT to Measuring loc.5.
2.1 General
81
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
As the above examples show, the protection function can be assigned as desired.
Generally speaking:
Where a 3-phase protection function is assigned to a measuring location, the cur-
rents are acqui red at th is location, reg ardless of whether it is assign ed to the ma in
protected object or not.
Where a 3-phase protection function is assigned to a side (of the main protected
object), the sum of the currents flowing in at this side from the measuring locations
assigned to it is acquired (for each phase).
Please note also that the earth overcurrent protection will receive from the auxiliary
measuring location assigned here not only its measured value, but also circuit
breaker information (current flow and manual-close detection).
The same basic principles apply to the two additional overcurrent protection functions.
With refere nce to the examp le in figure 2-2, the first over current p rotection can be de-
termined as reserve protection at the high-voltage side by setting address 420
DMT/IDMT Ph AT= Side 1 (as above), the second overcurrent protection as pr otec-
tion of the station's own requirement feeder (address 430 DMT/IDMT Ph2 AT =
Measuring loc.3) and the third overcurrent protection as protection of the cable
feeder (address 432 DMT/IDMT Ph3 AT = Measuring loc.5).
The same applies also to the assignment of the overcurrent protection for zero se-
quence current (section 2.4.1) in address 422 DMT/IDMT 3I0 AT. Please keep in
mind that this protection function acquire s the sum of the phase cu rrents an d is there-
fore considere d as a three- ph ase p rotec tion fu nctio n. The assignm ent, however, can
differ from the assignment used by the overcur rent protection for phase current s. This
means that in the example shown in figure 2-2, the overcurrent protection can be
easily used for phase currents (DMT/IDMT Ph AT) at the higher voltage side of the
transformer (Side 1), and the overcurrent protection for residual currents (DMT/IDMT
3I0 AT) at the lower voltage side ( Measuring loc.4).
The two additional protection functions in addresses 434 DMT/IDMT3I0-2AT can
also be assigned to the second residual current overcurrent protection and address
436 DMT/IDMT3I0-3AT to the third residual overcurrent protection.
The same options exist for the unbalanced load protection (address 440 UNBAL.
LOAD AT, section 2.8), which can also be used at a side of the main protection object
or at any - assigned or non-assigned - 3-phase measuring location.
The overload protection (section 2.9) always refers to one side of the main protected
object. Consequently, address 442 THERM. O/L AT allows to select only a side, not
a measuring location.
Since the cause for o verload comes from out side of the protected object, the overload
current is a traversing current. Therefore it does not necessarily have to be detected
at the infeeding side.
For transformers with tap changer the overload protection is assigned to the non-
regulated sid e as it is the only side where we h ave a defined relation between ra ted
current and rated power.
For generators, the overload protection is usually on the starpoint side.
For motors and shunt reactors, the overload protection is connected to the current
transformers of the feeding side.
For series reactors or short cables, any side can be selected.
For busbar sections or overhead lines, the overload protection is, generally, not
used since climat e an d weat her co nd itio ns (air temperature, wind) change too
quickly and it is therefore not reasonable to calcul ate the temperature rise. In this
case, however, a current-dependent alarm stage is able to warn of an imminent
overload.
2 Functions
82 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
The same applies to the second overload protection that is assigned to a side under
address 444 THERM. O/L 2 AT.
The overexcitation protection (section 2.11) is only possible for devices with voltage
connection, and require s a measuring volt age to be connected and declared in the to-
pology (section „Topology of the Protected Object“ under margin heading „Assignment
of Voltage Measurin g In pu ts“). It is not necessary to assign the protection function,
since it always e valuates the three-ph ase measuring volt age at the volt age input, and
the frequency derived from it. The same applies to the undervolt age protection, the ov-
ervoltage protection and the frequency protection.
When using the circ uit br ea ke r fa ilur e protection (section 2.1 7) (ad dr es s 470
BREAKER FAIL.AT) please make sure that the assign ment of this protection function
corresponds to that side or measuring location whose current actually flows through
the circuit breaker to be monitored. In the example shown in Figure 2-2, the assign-
ment must be set in address BREAKER FAIL.AT to Side 1 if you want to monitor
the circuit breaker of the high-voltage side, since both currents flow through the
breaker (via M1 a nd M2 ). If o n the othe r han d you wa nt to mo nitor the cir cui t brea ke r
of the cable feeder, you set address BREAKER FAIL.AT to Measuring loc.5.
When assigning the circuit breaker failure protection function, make sure that the
breaker auxiliary contacts or feedback information are correctly configured and as-
signed.
If you do not wish to assign any measuring location or side to the circuit breaker failure
protection because you want only the breaker position to be processed, set BREAKER
FAIL.AT to Ext. switchg. 1. In this case, the protection handles only the breaker
position but not any current flow for it s operation. This allows even to monitor a circuit
breaker the current of which is not connected to the device. But you have to ensure
that the feedback information of this breaker is correctly connected and configured.
With the second circuit breaker failure protection an additional circuit breaker can be
monitored. The aspects regarding the assignment in address 471 BREAKER
FAIL2AT correspond with those for the first circuit breaker failure protection.
Further 1-phase
Protection Func-
tions
The 1-phase protectio n functions evaluate the 1-phase measur ing current of 1-p hase
additional measuring input. It is irrelevant in this con text whether the con nect current
belongs to the main protected object or not. Only the current connected to the addi-
tional measuring input is decisive.
The device must now be informed which current is to be evaluated by the 1-phase pro-
tection functions.
Address 424 DMT/IDMT E AT assigns the time overcurrent protection for earth
current (section 2.5) to a 1-phase additional measuring input. In most cases this will
be the current flowing in the neutral leads of an earthed winding, measured between
the starpoint and the earth electrode. In figure 2-2 the auxiliary measuring location X3
would be a good cho ice; so you set her e AuxiliaryCT IX3. As this protection func-
tion is autonomous, i.e. in dependent of any other protection function, any 1-phase a d-
ditional measuring inp ut can be used. This requires, however, that it is not a high-sen-
sitivity measuring input and, of course, that it is connected. Please note also that the
earth overcurrent protection will receive from the auxiliary measuring location as-
signed here not only its measured value, but also circuit breaker information (current
flow and manual-close detection).
The second earth overcurrent protection can be assigned to another single-phase
measuring location according to the same aspects under address 438 DMT/IDMT E2
AT.
2.1 General
83
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Address 427 DMT 1PHASE AT assigns the single-phase time overcurrent protection
(section 2.7). This protection function is mainly used for high-sensitivity current mea-
surement, e.g. for tank leakage protection or high-impedance differential protection.
Therefore a high-sensitivity 1-phase additional measuring input is p articularly suited
for it. In figure 2-2 this would be the auxiliary measuring location X4; so you set this
address to AuxiliaryCT IX4. However, it is also possible to assign this protection
function to any other additional measuring input used, regardless of its sensitivity.
2.1.4.4 Circuit Breaker Data
Circuit Breaker
Status Various protection and ancillary functions require information on the status of the
circuit breaker for faultless operation. Command processing makes also use of the
feedback information from the switching devices.
If, for instance, the circuit breaker failure protection is used to monitor the reaction of
a specific circuit breaker (CB), the protection device must know the measuring location
at which the current flowing through the breaker is acquired , and the binary inputs
which provide information on the breaker st atus. During the configuration of the binary
inputs you merely assigned the (physical) binary inputs to the (logic) funct ions. The
device, however , must also know to which measuring location(s) the circuit breaker is
assigned.
The breaker failure prot ection — and thus the circuit breaker th at is monitored by it —
is normally assigned to a measuring location or to a side (see above, under margin
heading „Further 3-Phase Protection Fu nctions“). You can therefore set addresses
831 to 835 SwitchgCBaux S1 to SwitchgCBaux S5 if a side is concerned, or ad-
dresses 836 to 840 SwitchgCBaux M1 to SwitchgCBaux M5 if a measuring loca-
tion is concerned.
You can, alternatively , monitor any desired circuit breaker , exclusively by means of the
CB position indication, i.e. without consideration of current flow . In this case you must
have selected 470 under address BREAKER FAIL.AT Ext. switchg. 1. Y ou have
then to select the corr esponding breaker feed back information under address 841
SwitchgCBaux E1 (s witching device auxiliary contact of external breaker).
Select the address which corres ponds to the assignm ent of the circuit breake r failure
protection. There, you choose from the following options:
1. If during th e configuration of the binary inp uts you have defined the circuit breaker
as a control object, and allocated the appropriate feedback indications, you
choose these feedback indications to determine the circuit breaker position, e.g.
„Q0“. The breaker position is then automatica lly derived from the circuit breaker
Q0.
2. If during the configur ation of the binary inputs you have generated a single-point
indication which is controlled by the NC or NO auxiliary contacts of the circuit
breaker, you select this indication.
3. If during the configur ation of the binary inputs you have generated a double indi-
cation which is controlled by the NC or NO auxiliary contact of the circuit breaker
(feedback from the protected object), you select this indication.
4. If you have generated a ppropriate in dications using CFC, you can select these in-
dications.
In any case, you must make sure that the selected option indicates also the position
of the monitored circuit bre aker . If you have not yet generated an indication for control
and feedback of the breaker to be moni tored you sh ould do so n ow. Detailed informa -
tion is given in the SIPROTEC 4 System Description.
2 Functions
84 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Example:
The group „Control Devices“ of the configuration matr ix contains a double-point indi-
cation „Q0“. Assuming this should be the breaker to be monitored, you have deter-
mined during configuration the physical inputs of the device at which the feedback in-
dications of the breaker Q0 arrive. For example, if the breaker failure protection should
monitor the breaker at the high-voltage side (= Side 1) of the transformer in Figure
2-2 you set:
Address 831 SwitchgCBaux S1 (because breaker at Side S1 is monitor ed) = „Q0“
(because indication „Q0“ indicates feedback of the breaker).
Of course, you can define any de sired input indication which indica tes the breaker po-
sition via an correspondingly assigned physical input.
Manual Close Indi-
cation of a Circuit
Breaker
If a protection function is to make use of an external manual-close command indicated
via a binary input, you must have sele cted that logical inp ut indication during the con-
figuration of the binary inputs that corresponds to the side or measuring location to
which the protec tio n fun ct ion is assig ne d. Fr om the internal control, the device uses
the same switching objects that were selected at the addresses 831 to 840.
Example:
If you have assigned the time overcurrent protection for phase curren ts to mea suring
location M4 and want it to receive the manual-close command from circuit breaker
CB2, you connect the Close comma nd for bre aker CB2 to a b inary input and allocate
that input to „>ManualClose M4“ (No 30354).
Command Duration The minimum trip command duration 851 is set in address TMin TRIP CMD. This
duration is valid for all protection functions which can issue a trip command. This pa-
rameter can only be alte re d in DIG S I at Display Additional Settings.
2.1.4.5 Settings
Addresses which have an appended "A" can only be changed with DIGSI, under Ad-
ditional Settings.
Addr. Paramete r Setting Options Default Setting Comments
211 No Conn.MeasLoc 2
3
4
5
3 Number of connected Measuring
Locations
212 No AssigMeasLoc 2
3
4
5
3 Number of assigned Measuring Lo-
cations
213 NUMBER OF SIDES 2
3
4
5
3 Number of Sides
2.1 General
85
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
216 NUMBER OF ENDS 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6 Number of Ends for 1 Phase
Busbar
220 ASSIGNM. 2M,2S M1,M2 M1,M2 Assignment at 2 assig.Meas.Loc./
2 Sides
221 ASSIGNM. 3M,2S M1+M2,M3
M1,M2+M3 M1+M2,M3 Assignment at 3 assig.Meas.Loc./
2 Sides
222 ASSIGNM. 3M,3S M1,M2,M3 M 1,M2,M3 Assignment at 3 assig.Meas.Loc./
3 Sides
223 ASSIGNM. 4M,2S M1+M2,M3+M4
M1+M2+M3,M4
M1,M2+M3+M4
M1+M2,M3+M4 Assignment at 4 assig.Meas.Loc./
2 Sides
224 ASSIGNM. 4M,3S M1+M2,M3,M4
M1,M2+M3,M4
M1,M2,M3+M4
M1+M2,M3,M4 Assignment at 4 assig.Meas.Loc./
3 Sides
225 ASSIGNM. 4M,4S M1,M2,M3,M4 M1,M2,M3,M4 Assignment at 4 assig.Meas.Loc./
4 Sides
226 ASSIGNM. 5M,2S M1+M2+M3,M4+M5
M1+M2,M3+M4+M5
M1+M2+M3+M4,M5
M1,M2+M3+M4+M5
M1+M2+M3,M4+M5 Assignment at 5 assig.Meas.Loc./
2 Sides
227 ASSIGNM. 5M,3S M1+M2,M3+M4,M5
M1+M2,M3,M4+M5
M1,M2+M3,M4+M5
M1+M2+M3,M4,M5
M1,M2+M3+M4,M5
M1,M2,M3+M4+M5
M1+M2,M3+M4,M5 Assignment at 5 assig.Meas.Loc./
3 Sides
228 ASSIGNM. 5M,4S M1+M2,M3,M4,M5
M1,M2+M3,M4,M5
M1,M2,M3+M4,M5
M1,M2,M3,M4+M5
M1+M2,M3,M4,M5 Assignment at 5 assig.Meas.Loc./
4 Sides
229 ASSIGNM. 5M,5S M1,M2,M3,M4,M5 M1,M2,M3,M4,M5 Assignment at 5 assig.Meas.Loc./
5 Sides
230 ASSIGNM. ERROR No AssigMeasLoc
No of sides without Assignment Error
241 SIDE 1 auto-connected auto-connected Side 1 is assigned to
242 SIDE 2 auto-connected auto-connected Side 2 is assigned to
243 SIDE 3 auto-connected
compensation
earth.electrode
auto-connected Side 3 is assigned to
244 SIDE 4 auto-connected
compensation
earth.electrode
compensation Side 4 is assigned to
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2 Functions
86 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
251 AUX. CT IX1 Not connected
conn/not assig.
Side 1 earth
Side 2 earth
Side 3 earth
Side 4 earth
MeasLoc.1 earth
MeasLoc.2 earth
MeasLoc.3 earth
MeasLoc.4 earth
Not connected Auxiliary CT IX1 is used as
252 AUX. CT IX2 Not connected
conn/not assig.
Side 1 earth
Side 2 earth
Side 3 earth
Side 4 earth
MeasLoc.1 earth
MeasLoc.2 earth
MeasLoc.3 earth
MeasLoc.4 earth
Not connected Auxiliary CT IX2 is used as
253 AUX. CT IX3 Not connected
conn/not assig.
Side 1 earth
Side 2 earth
Side 3 earth
Side 4 earth
MeasLoc.1 earth
MeasLoc.2 earth
MeasLoc.3 earth
MeasLoc.4 earth
Not connected Auxiliary CT IX3 is used as
254 AUX. CT IX4 Not connected
conn/not assig.
Side 1 earth
Side 2 earth
Side 3 earth
Side 4 earth
Side 5 earth
MeasLoc.1 earth
MeasLoc.2 earth
MeasLoc.3 earth
MeasLoc.4 earth
MeasLoc.5 earth
Not connected Auxiliary CT IX4 is used as
255 AU X CT IX3 T YPE 1A/5A input
sensitive input 1A/5A input Type of auxiliary CT IX3
256 AU X CT IX4 T YPE 1A/5A input
sensitive input 1A/5A input Type of auxiliary CT IX4
261 VT SET Not connected
Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Busbar
Measuring loc.1 VT set UL1, UL2, UL3 is assigned
Addr. Paramete r Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2.1 General
87
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
262 VT U4 Not connected
conn/not as sig .
Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Busbar
Measuring loc.1 VT U4 is assigned
263 VT U4 TYPE Udelta transf.
UL1E transform.
UL2E transform.
UL3E transform.
UL12 transform.
UL23 transform.
UL31 transform.
Ux transformer
Udelta transf. VT U4 is used as
270 Rated Frequency 50 Hz
60 Hz
16,7 Hz
50 Hz Rated Frequency
271 PHASE SEQ. L1 L2 L3
L1 L3 L2 L1 L2 L3 Phase Sequence
276 TEMP. UNIT Celsius
Fahrenheit Celsius Unit of temperature measurement
311 UN-PRI SIDE 1 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 110.0 kV Rated Primary Voltage Side 1
312 SN SIDE 1 0.20 .. 5000.00 MVA 38.10 MVA Rated Apparent Power of Transf.
Side 1
313 STARPNT SIDE 1 Earthed
Isolated Earthed Starpoint of Side 1 is
314 CONNECTION S1 Y
D
Z
Y Transf. Winding Connection Side 1
321 UN-PRI SIDE 2 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 11.0 kV Rated Primary Vo ltage Side 2
322 SN SIDE 2 0.20 .. 5000.00 MVA 38.10 MVA Rated Apparent Power of Transf.
Side 2
323 STARPNT SIDE 2 Earthed
Isolated Earthed Starpoint of Side 2 is
324 CONNECTION S2 Y
D
Z
Y Transf. Winding Connection Side 2
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2 Functions
88 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
325 VECTOR GRP S2 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0 Vector Group Numeral of Side 2
331 UN-PRI SIDE 3 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 11.0 kV Rated Primary Voltage Side 3
332 SN SIDE 3 0.20 .. 5000.00 MVA 10.00 MVA Ra ted Apparent Power of Transf.
Side 3
333 STARPNT SIDE 3 Earthed
Isolated Earthed Starpoint of Side 3 is
334 CONNECTION S3 Y
D
Z
Y Transf. Winding Connection Side 3
335 VECTOR GRP S3 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0 Vector Group Numeral of Side 3
341 UN-PRI SIDE 4 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 11.0 kV Rated Primary Voltage Side 4
342 SN SIDE 4 0.20 .. 5000.00 MVA 10.00 MVA Ra ted Apparent Power of Transf.
Side 4
343 STARPNT SIDE 4 Earthed
Isolated Earthed Starpoint of Side 4 is
344 CONNECTION S4 Y
D
Z
Y Transf. Winding Connection Side 4
345 VECTOR GRP S4 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0 Vector Group Numeral of Side 4
Addr. Paramete r Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2.1 General
89
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
351 UN-PRI SIDE 5 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 11.0 kV Rated Primary Vo ltage Side 5
352 SN SIDE 5 0.20 .. 5000.00 MVA 10.00 MVA Rated Apparent Power of Transf.
Side 5
353 STARPNT SIDE 5 Earthed
Isolated Earthed Starpoint of Side 5 is
354 CONNECTION S5 Y
D
Z
Y Transf. Winding Connection Side 5
355 VECTOR GRP S5 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0 Vector Gro up Numeral of Side 5
361 UN GEN/MOTOR 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 21.0 kV Rated Primary Voltage Genera-
tor/Motor
362 SN GEN/MOTOR 0.20 .. 5000.00 MVA 70.00 MVA Rated Apparent Power of the Gen-
erator
370 UN BUSBAR 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 110.0 kV Rated Primary Voltage Busbar
371 I PRIMARY OP. 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current of
Busbar
372 I PRIMARY OP S1 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Side 1
373 I PRIMARY OP S2 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Side 2
374 I PRIMARY OP S3 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Side 3
375 I PRIMARY OP S4 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Side 4
376 I PRIMARY OP S5 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Side 5
381 I PRIMARY OP 1 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 1
382 I PRIMARY OP 2 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 2
383 I PRIMARY OP 3 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 3
384 I PRIMARY OP 4 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 4
385 I PRIMARY OP 5 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 5
386 I PRIMARY OP 6 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 6
387 I PRIMARY OP 7 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 7
388 I PRIMARY OP 8 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 8
389 I PRIMARY OP 9 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 9
390 I PRIMARY OP 10 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 10
391 I PRIMARY OP 11 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 11
392 I PRIMARY OP 12 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current End 12
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2 Functions
90 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
396 PH ASE SELECTION Phase 1
Phase 2
Phase 3
Phase 1 Phase selection
403 I PRIMARY OP M3 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Meas.
Loc. 3
404 I PRIMARY OP M4 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Meas.
Loc. 4
405 I PRIMARY OP M5 1 .. 100000 A 200 A Primary Operating Current Meas.
Loc. 5
408 UN-PRI M3 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 110.0 kV Rated Primary Voltage Measuring
Loc. 3
409 UN-PRI U4 0.4 .. 800.0 kV 110.0 kV Rated Primary Voltage U4
413 REF PROT. AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
auto-connected
n.assigMeasLoc3
n.assigMeasLoc4
n.assigMeasLoc5
Side 1 Restricted earth fault prot. as-
signed to
414 REF PROT. 2 AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
auto-connected
n.assigMeasLoc3
n.assigMeasLoc4
n.assigMeasLoc5
Side 1 Restricted earth fault prot2 as-
signed to
420 DMT/IDMT Ph AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Side 1 DMT / IDMT Phase assigned to
422 DMT/IDMT 3I0 AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Side 1 DMT / IDMT 3I0 assigned to
Addr. Paramete r Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2.1 General
91
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
424 DMT/IDMT E AT no assig. poss.
AuxiliaryCT IX1
AuxiliaryCT IX2
AuxiliaryCT IX3
AuxiliaryCT IX4
AuxiliaryCT IX1 DMT / IDMT Earth assigned to
427 DMT 1PHASE AT no assig. poss.
AuxiliaryCT IX1
AuxiliaryCT IX2
AuxiliaryCT IX3
AuxiliaryCT IX4
AuxiliaryCT IX1 DMT 1Phase assigned to
430 DMT/IDMT Ph2 AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Side 1 DMT / IDMT Phase 2 assigned to
432 DMT/IDMT Ph3 AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Side 1 DMT / IDMT Phase 3 assigned to
434 DMT/IDMT3I0-2AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Side 1 DMT / IDMT 3I0 2 assigned to
436 DMT/IDMT3I0-3AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Side 1 DMT / IDMT 3I0 3 assigned to
438 DMT/IDMT E2 AT no assig. poss.
AuxiliaryCT IX1
AuxiliaryCT IX2
AuxiliaryCT IX3
AuxiliaryCT IX4
AuxiliaryCT IX1 DMT / IDMT Earth 2 assigned to
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2 Functions
92 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
440 UNBAL. LOAD AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Side 1 Unbalance Load (Neg. Seq.) as-
signed to
442 THERM. O/L AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Side 1 Thermal Overload Protection as-
signed to
444 THERM. O/L 2 AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Side 1 Thermal Overload Protection2 as-
signed to
470 BREAKER FAIL.AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Ext. switchg. 1
Side 1 Breaker Failure Protection as-
signed to
471 BR E AKER FAIL2AT Side 1
Side 2
Side 3
Side 4
Side 5
Measuring loc.1
Measuring loc.2
Measuring loc.3
Measuring loc.4
Measuring loc.5
Ext. switchg. 1
Side 1 Breaker Failure Protection 2 as-
signed to
511 STRPNT->OBJ M1 YES
NO YES CT-Strpnt. Meas. Loc.1 in Dir. of
Object
512 IN-PRI CT M1 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current Meas.
Loc. 1
513 IN-SEC CT M1 1A
5A 1A CT Rated Secondary Current
Meas. Loc. 1
521 STRPNT->OBJ M2 YES
NO YES CT-Strpnt. Meas. Loc.2 in Dir. of
Object
522 IN-PRI CT M2 1 .. 100000 A 2000 A CT Rated Primary Current Meas.
Loc. 2
Addr. Paramete r Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2.1 General
93
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
523 IN-SEC CT M2 1A
5A 1A CT Rated Secondary Current
Meas. Loc. 2
531 STRPNT->OBJ M3 YES
NO YES CT-Strpnt. Meas. Loc.3 in Dir. of
Object
532 IN-PRI CT M3 1 .. 100000 A 2000 A CT Rated Primary Current Meas.
Loc. 3
533 IN-SEC CT M3 1A
5A 1A CT Rated Secondary Current
Meas. Loc. 3
541 STRPNT->OBJ M4 YES
NO YES CT-Strpnt. Meas. Loc.4 in Dir. of
Object
542 IN-PRI CT M4 1 .. 100000 A 2000 A CT Rated Primary Current Meas.
Loc. 4
543 IN-SEC CT M4 1A
5A 1A CT Rated Secondary Current
Meas. Loc. 4
551 STRPNT->OBJ M5 YES
NO YES CT-Strpnt. Meas. Loc.5 in Dir. of
Object
552 IN-PRI CT M5 1 .. 100000 A 2000 A CT Rated Primary Current Meas.
Loc. 5
553 IN-SEC CT M5 1A
5A 1A CT Rated Secondary Current
Meas. Loc. 5
561 STRPNT->BUS I1 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I1 in Direction of
Busbar
562 IN-PRI CT I1 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I1
563 IN-SEC CT I1 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I1
571 STRPNT->BUS I2 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I2 in Direction of
Busbar
572 IN-PRI CT I2 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I2
573 IN-SEC CT I2 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I2
581 STRPNT->BUS I3 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I3 in Direction of
Busbar
582 IN-PRI CT I3 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I3
583 IN-SEC CT I3 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I3
591 STRPNT->BUS I4 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I4 in Direction of
Busbar
592 IN-PRI CT I4 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I4
593 IN-SEC CT I4 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I4
601 STRPNT->BUS I5 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I5 in Direction of
Busbar
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2 Functions
94 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
602 IN-PRI CT I5 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I5
603 IN-SEC CT I5 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I5
611 STRPNT->BUS I6 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I6 in Direction of
Busbar
612 IN-PRI CT I6 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I6
613 IN-SEC CT I6 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I6
621 STRPNT- >BUS I7 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I7 in Direction of
Busbar
622 IN-PRI CT I7 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I7
623 IN-SEC CT I7 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I7
631 STRPNT- >BUS I8 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I8 in Direction of
Busbar
632 IN-PRI CT I8 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I8
633 IN-SEC CT I8 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I8
641 STRPNT- >BUS I9 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I9 in Direction of
Busbar
642 IN-PRI CT I9 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I9
643 IN-SEC CT I9 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I9
651 STRPNT->BUS I10 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I10 in Direction of
Busbar
652 IN-PRI CT I10 1 .. 1000 00 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I10
653 IN-SEC CT I10 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I10
661 STRPNT->BUS I11 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I11 in Direction of
Busbar
662 IN-PRI CT I11 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I11
663 IN-SEC CT I11 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I11
671 STRPNT->BUS I12 YES
NO YES CT-Starpoint I12 in Direction of
Busbar
672 IN-PRI CT I12 1 .. 1000 00 A 200 A CT Rated Primary Current I12
673 IN-SEC CT I12 1A
5A
0.1A
1A CT Rated Secondary Current I12
Addr. Paramete r Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2.1 General
95
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
711 EARTH IX1 AT Terminal Q7
Terminal Q8 Terminal Q7 Earthing electrod IX1 connected to
712 IN-PRI CT IX1 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT rated primary current IX1
713 IN-SEC CT IX1 1A
5A 1A CT rated secondary current IX1
721 EARTH IX2 AT Terminal N7
Terminal N8 Terminal N7 Earthing electrod IX2 connected to
722 IN-PRI CT IX2 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT rated primary current IX2
723 IN-SEC CT IX2 1A
5A 1A CT rated secondary current IX2
731 EARTH IX3 AT Terminal R7
Terminal R8 Terminal R7 Earthing electrod IX3 connected to
732 IN-PRI CT IX3 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT rated primary current IX3
733 IN-SEC CT IX3 1A
5A 1A CT rated secondary current IX3
734 FACTOR CT IX3 1.0 .. 300.0 60.0 Factor: prim. over sek. current IX3
741 EARTH IX4 AT Terminal P7
Terminal P8 Terminal P7 Earthing electrod IX4 connected to
742 IN-PRI CT IX4 1 .. 100000 A 200 A CT rated primary current IX4
743 IN-SEC CT IX4 1A
5A 1A CT rated secondary current IX4
744 FACTOR CT IX4 1.0 .. 300.0 60.0 Factor: prim. over sek. current IX4
801 UN-PRI VT SET 1.0 .. 1200.0 kV 110.0 kV VT Rated Prim. Voltage Set UL1,
UL2, UL3
802 UN-SEC VT SET 80 .. 125 V 100 V VT Rated Sec. Voltage Set UL1,
UL2, UL3
803 CORRECT. U Ang -5.00 .. 5.00 °0.00 °Angle correction UL1, UL2, UL3 -
VT
811 UN-PRI VT U4 1.0 .. 1200.0 kV 110.0 kV VT Rated Primary Voltage U4
812 UN-SEC VT U4 80 .. 125 V 100 V VT Rated Secondary Voltage U4
816 Uph / Udelta 0.10 .. 9.99 1.73 Matching ratio Phase-VT to Open-
Delta-VT
817 Uph(U4)/Udelta 0.10 .. 9.99 1.73 Matching ratio Ph-VT(U4) to Open-
DeltaVT
831 SwitchgCBaux S1 (Setting options depend
on configuration) Q0 Switchgear / CBaux at Side 1
832 SwitchgCBaux S2 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Side 2
833 SwitchgCBaux S3 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Side 3
834 SwitchgCBaux S4 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Side 4
835 SwitchgCBaux S5 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Side 5
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2 Functions
96 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1.4.6 Information List
2.1.5 S etting Groups
Four independent groups of parameters can be set for the device functions. During op-
eration, you may switch between setting grou p s locally, via binary inputs (if so config-
ured), via the operator or service interface using a personal computer, or via the
system interface.
2.1.5.1 Setting Groups
Purpose of Setting
Groups A setting group includes the setting values for all functions that have been selected as
Enabled during configuration of the fun ctional scope. In the 7UT613/63x device, four
independent setting groups (Group A to Group D) are available. Whereas setting
values and options may vary, the selected scope of functions is the same for all
groups.
Setting groups enable the user to save the corresponding settings for each applica-
tion. Settings may be loaded quickly. While all setting groups are stored in the relay,
only one setting gr oup may be active at a given ti me. If multiple setting groups a re not
required, Group Group A is the default selection.
If the changeover option is desired, group changeover must be set to Grp Chge
OPTION = Enabled during configuration of the functional scope (add ress 103). For
the setting of the function parameters, each of the required 4 setting group s Group A
to Group D must be configured.
836 SwitchgCBaux M1 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Measuring
Loc. M1
837 SwitchgCBaux M2 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Measuring
Loc. M2
838 SwitchgCBaux M3 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Measuring
Loc. M3
839 SwitchgCBaux M4 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Measuring
Loc. M4
840 SwitchgCBaux M5 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at Measuring
Loc. M5
841 SwitchgCBaux E1 (Setting options depend
on configuration) None Switchgear / CBaux at ext. location
1
851A TMin TRIP CMD 0.01 .. 32.00 sec 0.15 sec Minimum TRIP Command Duration
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
5145 >Reverse Rot. SP >Reverse Phase Rotation
5147 Rotation L1L2L3 OUT Phase Rotation L1L2L3
5148 Rotation L1L3L2 OUT Phase Rotation L1L3L2
Addr. Paramete r Setting Options Default Setting Comments
2.1 General
97
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
More deta ils on how to navigate between the setting gr oups, to copy and r eset setting
groups, and how to switch over between the setting groups during operation, can be
found in the SIPROTEC 4 System Description /1/.
The preconditions fo r switching from one setting group to an other via bin ary input s is
described in the Subsection „Mounting and Commissioning“.
2.1.5.2 Setting Notes
CHANGE Activates the setting group switching (address 302), only possible, if the setting group
switching feature in the function selection has been set to Enabled.
2.1.5.3 Settings
2.1.5.4 Information List
2.1.6 Power System Data 2
The general protection data (P.System Data 2) include settings associated with all
functions rather than a specific protection, monitoring or control function. In contrast
to the P.System Data 1 as discussed before, they can be changed ove r with the
setting groups and set on the operator panel of the device. Only a subset of the infor-
mation cont ained in the information list can app ear , depending on the ver sion and the
selected protected object.
2.1.6.1 Setting Notes
Sign of Power For all protective and additional functions, in which the polarity of the measured values
plays a role, the definition of signs is import an t. As a matter of principle, currents and
power are defined positive whe n flowing into the protected o bject. The consistency of
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
302 CHANGE Group A
Group B
Group C
Group D
Binary Input
Protocol
Group A Change to Another Setting Group
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
- Group A IntSP Group A
- Group B IntSP Group B
- Group C IntSP Group C
- Group D IntSP Group D
7 >Set Group Bit0 SP >Setting Group Select Bit 0
8 >Set Group Bit1 SP >Setting Group Select Bit 1
2 Functions
98 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
the polarity of current s thus needs to be ensu red by means of the po larity settings set
out in the section General System Data.
Apart from current s and voltages, protection and additional functions use the same
definition of current direction as a matter of p rinciple. This applies to 7UT613/63x thus
also to reverse power protection, forward power monitoring, operational measured
values for power and work, and, if required, user-defined flexible protection functio ns.
When the device is delivered from the factory, its power and operating values are
defined in such manner that power in the direction of the protected object is consid-
ered positive: Active components and inductive reactive components in the direction
of the protected object are positive. The same applies to the power factor cos ϕ
It is occasionally desired to define the power draw of the protected object (e.g. as seen
from the busbar) as positive. The signs for these components can be inverted by using
parameter address 1107 P,Q sign.
Please ensure that the definition of signs conforms with the direction of the reverse
power protection and the forward power monitoring when using these power functions.
In case of a generator in accordance with figure “Power Measurement on a Generator”
(in section "Topology of the Protected Object", margin heading "Assignment of
V olt age Measuring Input s") where the voltag e measuring location U is assigned to the
current measuring location M1, the default setting not reversed is not inverted,
because the in-flowing current into the generator from the starpoint at M1 together with
the measured vo ltag e at U result s in positive power. However, if the voltage at U is as-
signed to the current measuring location M2, P,Q sign = reversed must be set,
because the current flowing out of the generator withU is supposed to be positive
power.
Circuit Breaker
Status In order to function optimally, several protection and supplementary function s require
information regarding the state of the circuit breaker. Command processing makes
also use of the feed ba ck infor m at ion from the switc hin g de vice s.
If, for instan ce, th e cir cuit brea ker failure pr otectio n is used to monito r th e reaction of
a specific circuit breaker by evaluating the current flow, the protection device must
know the measuring location at which the current through the breaker is acquired.
In addition to such circuit breaker information, as may be available from the feedback
indications provided by the circuit breaker auxiliary contact s, the device evaluates the
electrical criteria that determine that a circuit breaker cannot be open if a current is
flowing through it. This current criterion is defined by a pre-determined current value
I-REST, below which an open breaker is detected.
As the topologies encountered in a system can be quite complex, the circuit breaker
can be assigned to a measuring location or to a side.
In 3-phase protected objects a residual current for each of the up to 5 possible sides
of the main protected object can be set and for each of the up to 5 possible measuring
locations. In this device, the options are o f course restricted to the sides and measur-
ing locations that actually exist and have been specified by the topolog y. The
maximum range of possible addresses includes:
Address 1111 PoleOpenCurr.S1 for side 1 of the main protected object,
Address 1112 PoleOpenCurr.S2 for side 2 of the main protected object,
Address 1113 PoleOpenCurr.S3 for side 3 of the main protected object,
Address 1114 PoleOpenCurr.S4 for side 4 of the main protected object,
Address 1115 PoleOpenCurr.S5 for side 5 of the main protected object.
2.1 General
99
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
If parasitic cu rrent s (e.g. through induction) can be e xcluded when the circuit breaker
is open, these settings may normally be very sensitive. Otherwise the settings must
be increased correspondingly. In most cases the setting can be the same for all ad-
dresses displayed.
However, please note that current summation measurin g errors may occur on the
sides which are fed by multiple measuring locations.
In the 1-phase busbar protection, you can set such an open-pole current for each of
the up to 9 feeders (7UT613 a nd 7UT633 fo r 1-phase connection with or without sum-
mation CT) or 12 feede rs (7UT635 wi th or without summ ation CT ) of the busbar. The
maximum range of possible addresses includes:
Finally, it is also possible to monitor the residual currents at the auxiliary measuring
locations. These residual currents are needed by the dynamic cold-load pickup feature
of the earth overcurren t protection, if n o side or m easuring location is assigned to the
earth overcurrent pr otection. The maximum range of possible addresses includes:
Please remember to also allocate all binary inputs that are need ed to generate a
manual close pulse for the various protection functions (FNos 30351 to 30360).
Note
In the following settings overview, the values are referred to the rated current of the
assigned side (I/INS).
Address 1121 PoleOpenCurr.M1 for measuring location 1,
Address 1122 PoleOpenCurr.M2 for measuring location 2,
Address 1123 PoleOpenCurr.M3 for measuring location 3,
Address 1124 PoleOpenCurr.M4 for measuring location 4,
Address 1125 PoleOpenCurr.M5 for measuring location 5.
Address 1131 PoleOpenCurr I1 for feeder 1,
Address 1132 PoleOpenCurr I2 for feeder 2,
Address 1133 PoleOpenCurr I3 for feeder 3,
Address 1134 PoleOpenCurr I4 for feeder 4,
Address 1135 PoleOpenCurr I5 for feeder 5,
Address 1136 PoleOpenCurr I6 for feeder 6,
Address 1137 PoleOpenCurr I7 for feeder 7,
Address 1138 PoleOpenCurr I8 for feeder 8,
Address 1139 PoleOpenCurr I9 for feeder 9,
Address 1140 PoleOpenCurrI10 for feeder 10,
Address 1141 PoleOpenCurrI11 for feeder 11,
Address 1142 PoleOpenCurrI12 for feeder 12.
Address 1151 PoleOpenCurrIX1 for further measuring location 1,
Address 1152 PoleOpenCurrIX2 for further measuring location 2,
Address 1153 PoleOpenCurrIX3 for further measuring location 3,
Address 1154 PoleOpenCurrIX4 for further measuring location 4.
2 Functions
100 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1.6.2 Settings
The table indicates region-specific presettings. Column C (configuration) indicates the
corresponding secondary nominal current of the current transformer.
Addr. Parameter C Setting Options Default Setting Comments
1107 P,Q sign not reversed
reversed not reversed sign of P,Q
1111 PoleOpenCurr.S1 0.04 .. 1.00 I/InS 0.10 I/InS Pole Open Current
Threshold Side 1
1112 PoleOpenCurr.S2 0.04 .. 1.00 I/InS 0.10 I/InS Pole Open Current
Threshold Side 2
1113 PoleOpenCurr.S3 0.04 .. 1.00 I/InS 0.16 I/InS Pole Open Current
Threshold Side 3
1114 PoleOpenCurr.S4 0.04 .. 1.00 I/InS 0.16 I/InS Pole Open Current
Threshold Side 4
1115 PoleOpenCurr.S5 0.04 .. 1.00 I/InS 0.16 I/InS Pole Open Current
Threshold Side 5
1121 PoleOpenCurr.M1 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold Meas.Loc. M1
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1122 PoleOpenCurr.M2 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold Meas.Loc. M2
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1123 PoleOpenCurr.M3 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold Meas.Loc. M3
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1124 PoleOpenCurr.M4 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold Meas.Loc. M4
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1125 PoleOpenCurr.M5 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold Meas.Loc. M5
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1131 PoleOpenCurr I1 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold End 1
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1132 PoleOpenCurr I2 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold End 2
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1133 PoleOpenCurr I3 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold End 3
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1134 PoleOpenCurr I4 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold End 4
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1135 PoleOpenCurr I5 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold End 5
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
2.1 General
101
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.1.6.3 Information List
1136 PoleOpenCurr I6 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshol d En d 6
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1137 PoleOpenCurr I7 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshol d En d 7
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1138 PoleOpenCurr I8 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshol d En d 8
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1139 PoleOpenCurr I9 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshol d En d 9
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1140 PoleOpenCurrI10 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshol d En d 10
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1141 PoleOpenCurrI11 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshol d En d 11
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1142 PoleOpenCurrI12 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshol d En d 12
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
0.1A 0.004 .. 0.100 A 0.004 A
1151 PoleOpenCurrIX1 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold AuxiliaryCT1
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1152 PoleOpenCurrIX2 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold AuxiliaryCT2
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1153 PoleOpenCurrIX3 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold AuxiliaryCT3
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
1154 PoleOpenCurrIX4 1A 0.04 .. 1.00 A 0.04 A Pole Open Current
Threshold AuxiliaryCT4
5A 0.20 .. 5.00 A 0.20 A
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
- >QuitG-TRP IntSP >Quitt Lock Out: General T rip
- G-TRP Quit IntSP Lock Out: General TRIP
126 ProtON/OFF IntSP Protection ON/OFF (via system port)
236.2127 BLK. Flex.Fct. IntSP BLOCK Flexible Function
301 Pow. Sys.Flt. OUT Power System fault
302 Fault Event OUT Fault Event
Addr. Parameter C Setting Options Default Setting Comment s
2 Functions
102 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
311 FaultConfig/Set OUT Fault in configuration / setting
312 GenErrGroupConn OUT Gen.err.: Inconsistency group/connection
313 GenErrEarthCT OUT Gen.err.: Sev. earth-CTs with equal typ
314 GenErrSidesMeas OUT Gen.err.: Number of sides / measurements
501 Relay PICKUP OUT Relay PICKUP
511 Relay TRIP OUT Relay GENERAL TRIP command
545 PU Time VI Time from Pickup to drop out
546 TRIP T i me VI Time from Pickup to TRIP
576 IL1S1: VI Primary fault current IL1 side1
577 IL2S1: VI Primary fault current IL2 side1
578 IL3S1: VI Primary fault current IL3 side1
579 IL1S2: VI Primary fault current IL1 side2
580 IL2S2: VI Primary fault current IL2 side2
581 IL3S2: VI Primary fault current IL3 side2
582 I1: VI Primary fault current I1
583 I2: VI Primary fault current I2
584 I3: VI Primary fault current I3
585 I4: VI Primary fault current I4
586 I5: VI Primary fault current I5
587 I6: VI Primary fault current I6
588 I7: VI Primary fault current I7
30060 Gen CT-M1: VI General: Adaption factor CT M1
30061 Gen CT-M2: VI General: Adaption factor CT M2
30062 Gen CT-M3: VI General: Adaption factor CT M3
30063 Gen CT-M4: VI General: Adaption factor CT M4
30064 Gen CT-M5: VI General: Adaption factor CT M5
30065 Gen VT-U1: VI General: Adaption factor VT UL123
30067 par too low: VI parameter too low:
30068 p ar too high: VI parameter too high:
30069 settingFault: VI setting fault:
30070 Man.Clos.Det.M1 OUT Manual close signal meas.loc. 1 detected
30071 Man.Clos.Det.M2 OUT Manual close signal meas.loc. 2 detected
30072 Man.Clos.Det.M3 OUT Manual close signal meas.loc. 3 detected
30073 Man.Clos.Det.M4 OUT Manual close signal meas.loc. 4 detected
30074 Man.Clos.Det.M5 OUT Manual close signal meas.loc. 5 detected
30075 Man.Clos.Det.S1 OUT Manual close signal side 1 is detected
30076 Man.Clos.Det.S2 OUT Manual close signal side 2 is detected
30077 Man.Clos.Det.S3 OUT Manual close signal side 3 is detected
30078 Man.Clos.Det.S4 OUT Manual close signal side 4 is detected
30079 Man.Clos.Det.S5 OUT Manual close signal side 5 is detected
30251 IL1M1: VI Primary fault current IL1 meas. loc. 1
30252 IL2M1: VI Primary fault current IL2 meas. loc. 1
30253 IL3M1: VI Primary fault current IL3 meas. loc. 1
30254 IL1M2: VI Primary fault current IL1 meas. loc. 2
30255 IL2M2: VI Primary fault current IL2 meas. loc. 2
30256 IL3M2: VI Primary fault current IL3 meas. loc. 2
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
2.1 General
103
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
30257 IL1M3: VI Primary fault current IL1 meas. loc. 3
30258 IL2M3: VI Primary fault current IL2 meas. loc. 3
30259 IL3M3: VI Primary fault current IL3 meas. loc. 3
30260 IL1M4: VI Primary fault current IL1 meas. loc. 4
30261 IL2M4: VI Primary fault current IL2 meas. loc. 4
30262 IL3M4: VI Primary fault current IL3 meas. loc. 4
30263 IL1M5: VI Primary fault current IL1 meas. loc. 5
30264 IL2M5: VI Primary fault current IL2 meas. loc. 5
30265 IL3M5: VI Primary fault current IL3 meas. loc. 5
30266 IL1S3: VI Primary fault current IL1 side3
30267 IL2S3: VI Primary fault current IL2 side3
30268 IL3S3: VI Primary fault current IL3 side3
30269 IL1S4: VI Primary fault current IL1 side4
30270 IL2S4: VI Primary fault current IL2 side4
30271 IL3S4: VI Primary fault current IL3 side4
30272 IL1S5: VI Primary fault current IL1 side5
30273 IL2S5: VI Primary fault current IL2 side5
30274 IL3S5: VI Primary fault current IL3 side5
30275 I8: VI Primary fault current I8
30276 I9: VI Primary fault current I9
30277 I10: VI Primary fault current I10
30278 I11: VI Primary fault current I11
30279 I12: VI Primary fault current I12
30351 >ManualClose M1 SP >Manual close signal measurement loc. 1
30352 >ManualClose M2 SP >Manual close signal measurement loc. 2
30353 >ManualClose M3 SP >Manual close signal measurement loc. 3
30354 >ManualClose M4 SP >Manual close signal measurement loc. 4
30355 >ManualClose M5 SP >Manual close signal measurement loc. 5
30356 >ManualClose S1 SP >Manual clo se signal side 1
30357 >ManualClose S2 SP >Manual clo se signal side 2
30358 >ManualClose S3 SP >Manual clo se signal side 3
30359 >ManualClose S4 SP >Manual clo se signal side 4
30360 >ManualClose S5 SP >Manual clo se signal side 5
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
2 Functions
104 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.2 Differential Protection
The differential protection represents the main protection feature of the device. It is
based on current comparison under consideration of the transformation ratio of the
transformer.7UT613/63 x is suitable for uni t protection of transformers, generators,
motors, reactors, short lines, and (under observance of the available number of ana-
logue current inputs) and (under observance of the available number of analogue
current inputs) busbars. Protection of generator/transformer un its, transformer/wind-
ing combinations or transformer/starpoint former, can also be realised. 7UT613 and
7UT633 allow up to 3, 7UT635 allows up to 5 three- phase measuring locations.
7UT613/63x can also be used as a single-phase device. In this case, 7UT613 and
7UT633 allow up to 9, 7UT635 allows up to 12 measuring locations, e.g. currents from
a busbar with up to 9 or 12 feeders.
The protected zone is selectively limited by the CTs at its ends.
2.2.1 Functional Description of the Differential Protection
Processing of the measured value s depends on the way the differential protection is
used. This section discusses first the differential protection function in general, regard-
less of the type of prot ec te d ob ject. A single-phas e sys te m is ref er red to . Part icu lar s
with regard to the individual protected objects follow thereafter.
Basic Principle with
Two Sides Diffe rential prot ection is base d on curren t comp ar ison. It makes use of the fact that a
protected object carries always the same current i (dashed line in 2-17 below) at it s
two sides in healthy operation. This current flows into one side of the considered zone
and leaves it again on the othe r side. A dif ference in current s is a clear indication of a
fault within this section. If the actual current transformation ratio is the same, the sec-
ondary windings of the current transformers CT1 and CT2 at the sides of the protected
object can be connected to form a closed electric circuit with a secondary curr ent I; a
measuring element M, which is connecte d to th e ele ctr ica l bala n ce po in t, rema in s at
zero current in healthy operation.
Figure 2-17 Basic principle of differential protection for two sides (single-phase illustration)
When a fault occurs in the zone limited by the tr ansfor me rs, a curre nt i1 + i2, which is
proportional to the fault currents I1 + I2 flowing in from both sides is fed to the measur-
ing element. As a result, the simple circuit shown in Figure 2- 17 ensures a reliable trip-
ping of the protectio n if the fault curr en t fl owing into the protected zone during a fault
is high enough for the measuring element M to respond.
2.2 Differential Protection
105
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
All following considerations are base d o n the con vention th at all curr en ts flowing into
the protected zone are defined as positive unless explicitly stated otherwise.
Basic Principle with
more than Two
Sides
For protected object s with three or more sides or for busbars, the dif ferential principle
is expanded in that the total of all currents flowing into the protected object is zero in
healthy operation, whereas in case of a fault the total in-flowing current is equal to the
fault current.
See figure 2-18 as an example for four feeders. The three-winding transformer in
figure 2-19 has 4 meas uring locations, so it is treated by the dif ferential protection like
a „4-winding“ tr ansformer.
Figure 2- 18 Basic principle of differential protection for four ends (single-phase illustration)
Figure 2-19 Basic principle of differential protection for 4 measuring locations — example of
a three-winding power transformer with 4 measuring locations (single-phase il-
lustration)
Current Restraint When an external fault causes a h eavy current to flow through the protected zone, dif-
ferences in the magne tic characteristics of the current transformers CT1 and CT2
(figure 2-17) under conditions of saturation may cause a significant current flow
through the me asuring element M. If it is greater than the respective pickup threshold,
the device can trip even though no fault occurred in the protected zone. Current re-
straint (stabilisation) prevents such erroneous operation.
In differential protection systems for protected objects with two terminals, a restraining
quantity is normally derived from the current difference |I1I2| or from the arithmetical
sum |I1| + |I2|. Both method s are equal in the relevant ranges of the stabilisation char-
acteristics. For protected objects with more than two ends, such as multi-winding
transformers, busbars etc, only the arithmetical sum method is possible. The latter
method is used in 7UT613/63x for all protected objects. The following definitions apply
for 2 measuring points:
a tripping or differential current
Idiff = |I1 + I2|
and the stabilisation or restraining current
2 Functions
106 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Istab = |I1| + |I2|
The current sum definition is extended for more than 2 measurement locations, e.g.
for 4 measuring locations (figure 2-18 or 2-19), therefore:
Idiff = |I1 + I2+I3 + I4|
Istab = |I1| + |I2| + |I3| + |I4|
Idiff is derived from the fundament al frequency current and pr oduces the tripping effe ct
quantity, Istab counteracts this effect.
To clarify the situation, three important operating conditions with ideal and matched
measurement quantities are considered.
Figure 2-20 Definition of current direction
1. Through-flowing current under undisturbed conditions or external fault:
I1 flows into the protected zone, I2 leaves the protected zone, i.e. is negative ac-
cording tot he definition of signs, therefore I2= –I1;
moreover |I2|=|I1|
Idiff =|I1+I2|=|I1I1|=0
Istab =|I1|+|I2|=|I1|+|I1|=2·|I1|
No tripping effect (Idiff = 0); the stabilisation (Istab) corresponds to double the
through-flowing current.
2. Internal short-circuit, e.g. fed with equal currents each side:
The following appliesI2=I1; moreover |I2|=|I1|
Idiff =|I1+I2|=|I1+I1|=2·|I1|
Istab =|I1|+|I2|=|I1|+|I1|=2·|I1|
T ripping effect (Idiff) and restraint value (Istab) are equal and correspond to the total
fault.
3. Internal short-circuit, fed from one side only:
The following applies I2 = 0
Idiff =|I1+I2|= |I1+0|=|I1|
Istab =|I1|+|I2|=|I1|+0=|I1|
Tripping quantity (Idiff) and stabilising quantity (Istab) are equal and correspond to
the single-sided fault current.
This result shows that for internal fault Idiff = Istab. Thus, the characteristic of internal
faults is a straight line with the slope 1 (45°) in the operation diagram (dash-dotted fault
characteristic in figure 2-21).
2.2 Differential Protection
107
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-21 Tripping characteristic of the differential protection and fault characteristic
Add-on Restraint
during External
Faults
Saturation of the current transformers caused by high fault currents and/or long
system time constants are uncritical for internal faults (fault in the protected zone),
since the measured value defo rmation is found in the diff erential current as well in the
restraint current, to the same extent. The fault characteristic as illustrated in figure
2-21 also applies in principle in this case. Of course, the fundamental wave of the
current must exceed at least the pickup threshold (branch a).
During an exte rn al fau l t wh ich pr od u ce s a high through-flowing fault current causing
current transformer saturation, a considerable differential current can be simulated,
especially when the de gree of saturation is d if ferent at the two sides. If the quantities
Idiff/Istab result in an operating point which lies in the trip area of the operating charac-
teristic, trip signal would be the consequence if there were no special measur es.
7UT613/63x provides a saturation indicator which detects such phenomena and ini-
tiates add-on restraint (stabilisation) measures. The saturation indicator considers the
dynamic behaviour of the differential and restraint quantity.
The dotted line in figure 2-21 shows the instantaneous currents during an external fault
with transformer saturation on one side.
Immediately af ter the fault ( A), the shor t-circuit current s rise strongly, causing a corre-
spondingly high restraint current (2 × through-flowing current). At the instant of CT sat-
uration (B), a dif ferential quantity is produce d and the restraint qu antity is reduced. In
consequence, the operating point Idiff/Istab may move into the tripping area (C).
In contrast, the operating point moves immediately along the fault characteristic (D)
when an internal fault occurs since the restraint (stabilisation) current will barely be
higher than the differential current.
Current transformer saturation during external faults is detected by the high initial re-
straining current which moves the operating point briefly into the add-on restraint area.
The saturation indicator makes its decision within the first quarter cycle after fault in-
ception. When an external fault is detected, the differential protection is blocke d for a
selectable time. This blocking is cancelled as soon as the operation point Idiff/Istab is
stationary (i.e. throughout at least one cycle) within the tripping zone near the fault
characteristic ( 80 % of the fault character istic slope). This allows consequential
faults in th e protected area to be quickly recognised even after an external fault involv-
ing current transformer saturation.
2 Functions
108 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
The add-on restraint act s individually per phase. It can be deter mined by a setting pa-
rameter whether only the phase with detected external fault is blocked when this re-
straint criterion is fulfilled or also the other phases of the differential stage.
A further stabilisation (restraint) comes into effect when differential secondary currents
are simulated by dif feren t transie nt behaviour of the cu rrent transformer set s. This di f-
ferential current is caused by different DC time constants in the secondary circuits
during through-current conditions, i.e. the equal primary DC components are trans-
formed into unequal se condary DC component s due to dif ferent time co nstant s of the
secondary circuit s. This produces a DC component in the differential cur rent which in-
creases the pickup values of the differential stage for a short period.
Identification of DC
Components A further restraint comes into effect when differential secondary currents are simulated
by different transient behaviour of the current transformer sets. This differential current
is caused by dif ferent DC time constants in the secondary circuits during through-
current conditions, i.e. the equal primary DC components are transformed into
unequal secondary DC components due to different tim e constants of the secondary
circuits. This prod uces a DC component in the diff erential current which increases the
pickup values of the differential stage for a short period. In this case, characteristic 1
is increased by factor 2.
Harmonic Stabilisa-
tion In transformers and shunt reactors in p articular, high short-time magnetisin g current s
may be present during power-up (inrush currents). These currents enter the protected
zone but do not exit it again. They thus produce differential quantities, as they seem
like single-end fed fault currents. Also during parallel connection of transformers, or an
overexcitation o f a power transformer, differ ential quantities may occur due to magne-
tising currents caused by increased voltage and/or decreased frequency.
The inrush curren t can amoun t to a multiple of the rate d curr en t an d is character i sed
by a considerable 2nd harmonic content (double rated frequency), which is practically
absent during a short-circuit. If the second har monic content in the dif ferential current
exceeds a selectable threshold, tripping is blocked by the differential current thresh-
old.
Apart fr om the second harmonic, another h armonic can be selected in 7UT613/63x to
cause blocking . Th e 3r d or the 5t h ha rm o nic are selec table.
Steady-state overexcitation is characterised by odd harmonics. The 3r d or 5th har-
monic is suit able to de tect o vere xcitation. As the third harmonic is of te n elimin ated in
transformers (e.g. in a delta winding), the fifth harmon ic is more commonly used.
Converter transformers also produce odd harmonics which are practically absent in
the case of an internal short-circuit.
The differential currents are analysed for harmonic content. For frequency analysis
digital filters are used which perform a Fourier analysis o f the d if feren tial curr ent s. As
soon as the harmonics' content exceeds the set thresholds, a restraint of the respec-
tive phase evaluation is started. The filter algorithms are optimised for transient behav-
iour such that additional measures for stabilisation during dynamic conditions are not
necessary.
Since the harmonic restraint operates individually per phase, the protection is fully op-
erative even when the transformer is switched onto a single-phase fault, whereby
inrush currents may possibly be present in one of the healthy phases. It is, however,
possible to set th e p rote ction in a way tha t when the p erm issibl e harm onic con tent in
the current of only one single phase is exceeded, not only the phase with the inrush
current but also the remaining phases of the differential st age are blocked. This cross-
block can be limited to a selectable duration.
2.2 Differential Protection
109
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Fast Unrestrained
Trip with High-
Current Faults
High-current faults in the protected zone may be cleared instantaneously without
regard to the restraint currents when the current amplitu de excludes an external fault.
If the protected object has a high direct impedance (transformers, ge nerators, series
reactors), a threshold can be found which can never be exceeded by a through-fault
current. This threshold (primary) is, for example, for a power transformer.
The differential protection of the 7UT613/63x provides such an unstabilised high-
current trip stage. This stage can operate even when, for example, a considerable
second harmonic is present in th e differential current caused by current transformer
saturation by a DC component in the fault current, which could be interpreted by the
inrush restraint function as an inrush current.
Fast tripping uses both the fundamental component of the differential current as well
as instantaneous values. Instantaneous value processing ensures fast tripping even
if the current fundamental component was strongly attenuated by current transforme r
saturation. Due to the possible DC of fset afte r fault inception, the instant aneous value
stage operates only above twice the set threshold.
Increase of the
Pickup Value on
Startup
The increase of pickup value is especially suited for motors. In contrast to the inrush
current of tra nsformers the inrush current of motors is a traversing cu rrent. Differential
currents, however, can emerge if current transformers still contain dif ferent remanent
magnetisation before energise. Th erefore, the transfo rmers are energised fr om dif fer-
ent operation points of their hysteresis. Although differential currents are usually small,
they can be harmful if the differential protection is set very sensitive.
An increase of the pickup value on startup provides additional security against over-
functioning when a non-energised protection object is switched in. As soon as the re-
straint current of o ne phase h as und ershot a settable value I-REST. STARTUP, the
increase of the pickup value is activated. As the restraint current is twice the th rough -
flowing current in normal operation, its undershooting of that threshold is a criterion for
detecting tha t th e pr ot ected object is not en er g ised . Th e picku p va lue I-DIFF> and
the other branches of the IDiff> stage are now increased by a sett able factor (figure
2-22).
The return of the restraint current indicates the startup. After a settable time T START
MAX the increase of the characteristic is undone. Current ratios Idiff/Istab close to the
fault characteristic ( 80 % of the fault characteristic slope) cause tripping even before
the time T START MAX has lapsed.
2 Functions
110 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-22 Increase of pickup value of the stage on startup
Tripping Character-
istic Figure 2-23 illustrates the complete tripping characteristic of the 7UT613/63x. The
characteristic branch a represents the sensitivity threshold of the differential protection
(setting I-DIFF>) and considers constant error currents such as magnetising cur-
rents.
Branch b considers current-proportional errors which may result from transformation
errors of the main CTs or the input CTs of the device, or which for example may be
caused by mismatching or by the influence of tap changers in tran sformers with
voltage control.
For high curren ts which ma y give rise to curre nt transformer saturation, ch aracteristic
branch c provides for additional restraint.
Figure 2-23 Tripping characteristic of the differential protection
2.2 Differential Protection
111
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Differential currents above branch d cause immediate trip regardless of the restraining
quantity and harmonic conte nt (setting I-DIFF>>). This is the operating r ange of the
„Fast Unrestrained Trip with High-current Faults“.
The area of add-on restraint is the operational area of the saturation indicator (see
margin headin g „Ad d- o n Res tra in t du rin g Exte rn al Faults“).
The values Idiff and Istab are assign ed to the trip characteristic by the differential pro-
tection. If the quantities result in an operating point which lies in the trip area, a trip
signal is given. If the current conditions Idiff /Istab appear near the fault characteristic
( 9 80 % of the slope of the fault characteristic), tripping occurs even when the trip
characteristic has been excessively increased due to add-on stabilisation, startup or
DC current detection.
Fault Detection,
Dropout Normally, a differential protection does not need a „pickup“, since the condition for a
fault detection is identical to the trip condition. Like all SIPROTEC 4 devices, however ,
the differential protection feature of the 7UT613/63x has a pickup that is the starting
point for a number of subseq uent activities. The pickup marks the beginning of a fault.
This is necessary e.g. for creating fault logs and fa ult records. However, internal func-
tions also require the instant of fault inception even in case of an external fault, e.g.
the saturation indicator which has to operate correctly in case of an external fault.
As soon as the fundamental wave of the differential current exceeds approximately
85 % of the set value or the restraining current reache s 85 % of the add-on restraint
area, the protection picks up. A pickup signal is also is sued whe n the high- speed trip
stage for high-current faults picks up.
Figure 2-24 Pickup of the Differential Protection
If restraint by higher-order harmo nics is activated, the system first performs a harmon-
ic analysis (approx. 1 cycle) to check the restraint conditions as the case may be. Oth-
erwise, tripping occurs as soon as the tripping conditions are fulfilled.
For special cases, the trip command can be delayed. The following logic diagram il-
lustrates the tripping logic.
2 Functions
112 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-25 Tripping logic of the differential protection (simplified)
2.2 Differential Protection
113
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
A dropout is detected when , during 2 cycles, pick-up is no longer recog nised in the dif-
ferential value, i.e. the dif fer ential curre nt has fallen belo w 70 % of the set va lue, and
the other pickup conditions are no longer fulfilled either.
If a trip command has not been initiated, the fault is considered ended on dropout.
If a trip command had be en initiated, it is maint ained for the minimum command du ra-
tion set in the general device data for all protection functions (see also 2.1.4). The trip
command will not be reset until all other dropout conditions mentioned above are ful-
filled as well.
2.2.2 Differential Protection for Transformers
Matching of the
Measured Values In power transformers, generally, the secondary currents of the current transformers
are not equal when a current flo ws through the power transfor mer, but depend on the
transformation ratio and the connection group of the protected power transformer , and
the rated currents of the current transformers. The currents must therefore be
matched in order to become comparable.
Matching to the various power transformer and current transformer ra tios and of the
phase displacement according to the vector g roup of the protected transformer is per-
formed purely ma thematically. As a rule, external matching transformers are not re-
quired.
The input currents are converted in relation to the power transformer rated currents.
This is achieved by entering the rated transformer data, such as rated power, rated
voltage and rated primary currents of the current transformers, into the protection
device (Subsection „General Power System Data“ under margin heading „Object Data
with Transformers“, and „Current Transformer Data for 3-phase Measuring Loca-
tions“).
Figure 2-26 shows an exam ple of magnitude matching. Th e primary nominal curren ts
of the two sides (windings) S1 (378 A) and S2 (1663 A) are calculated from the rated
apparent p ower of the transformer (72 MV A) and the nominal voltages of the windings
(110 kV and 25 kV). Since the nominal currents of the current transformers deviate
from the nominal current s of the power transformer sid es, the secondary currents are
multiplied with the factors k1 and k2. After this matching, equal current magnitudes are
achieved at both sides under nominal conditions of the power transformer.
Figure 2-26 Magnitude matching — example of a two-winding power transformer (phase re-
lation not co nsi d e red )
2 Functions
114 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Concerning powe r transformers with more than two windings, th e windings may have
different power ratings. In order to achieve comp arable currents for the differential pro-
tection, all currents are referred to the winding (= side) with the highest power rating.
This apparent power is named the rated power of the protected object.
Figure 2-27 shows an example of a three- winding power transfor mer. Winding 1 (S1)
and 2 (S2) are rated for 72 MV A; The settings recommended are the same as in figure
2-26. But the third winding (S3) has 16 MV A rating (e.g. for auxiliary supply). The rated
current of this winding (= side of the protected object) results in 924 A. On the other
hand, the differential protection has to process comparable currents. Therefore, the
currents of this winding must be referred to the rated power of the protected object, i.e.
72 MV A. This results in a rated current (i.e. the current under nominal conditions of the
protected object, 72 MVA) of 4157 A. This is the base value for the third winding:
These currents must be multiplied by the factor k3.
Figure 2-27 Magnitude matching — example of a three-winding power transformer (phase
relation not considered)
The device carries out this magnitude matching internally, based on the nominal
values set according to Subsection „General Power System Data“ under margin
heading „Object Da ta with T ransformers“, an d „Current T ransformer Da ta for 3-phase
Measuring Locations“). Once the vector group has been entered, the protective device
is capable of performing the current comparison according to fixed formulae.
Conversion of the current s is performed by programmed coefficient matrices which
simulate the difference currents in the transformer windings. All conceivabl e vector
groups (including phase exchange) are possible. In this regard, the conditioning of the
starpoint(s) of the power transformer is also essential.
2.2 Differential Protection
115
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Non-earthed Trans-
former Starpoint Figure 2-28 illustrates an example for a power transformer Yd5 (wye-delta with 150°
phase displacement) without any earthed starpoint. The figure shows the windin gs
(above) and the vector diagrams of symmetrical current s (below). The general form of
the matrix equation is:
(Im) Matrix of the matched currentsIA, IB, IC,
k Constant factor for magnitude matching,
(C) Coefficient matrix, dependent on the vector group,
(In) Matrix of the phase currents IL1, IL2, IL3.
On the left (delta) winding, the matched currents IA, IB, IC are de riv ed f ro m th e differ-
ence of the phase currents IL1, IL2, IL3. On the right (wye) side , th e ma tched currents
are equal to the phase currents (magnitude matching not considered).
Figure 2 -28 Matching the transformer vector group, example Yd5 (magnitudes not consid-
ered)
Since there is no point earthed within the protected zone, no considerable zero se-
quence current can be produced within the protected zone in case of an earth fault
outside th e protected zone, regardless whe ther or not the system st arpoint is earthed
anywhere else in the system. In case of an earth fault within the protected zone, a zero
sequence current may occur at a measuring location if the system st arpoint is earthe d
anywhere else or another earth fault is present in the system (double earth fault in a
non-earthed system). Thus, zero sequence currents are of no concern for the stability
of the dif fe rential protection as they cannot occur in case of external faults.
However, in case of internal earth faults, the zero sequence currents are practically
fully included in the dif ferential quantity be cause they p ass the measuring point s from
outside. Even higher earth fault sensitivity during internal earth fault is possible by
means of the time overcurrent protection for zero sequence currents (section 2.4.1)
and/or the single-phase time overcurrent protection (section 2.7),
2 Functions
116 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Earthed Starpoint Differential protection makes use of the fact that the total of all currents flowing into the
protected object is zero in healthy operation. If the starpoint of a power transformer
winding is connected to earth, a current can flow into the protected zone across this
earth connection in case of earth fault s. Consequently , this current should be included
in the current processing in order to obtain a complete image of the in-flowing quanti-
ties. Figure 2-29 shows an external e arth fault which produces an out-flowing zero se-
quence curren t (–IL3 = –3 · I0), which corresponds with the in-flowing st arpoint current
(ISt = 3 · I0). As a result, these currents cancel each other out.
Figure 2-29 Example for an earth fault outside a transformer with current distribution
The complete matrix equation for the earthed side (right) is in this case, including all
in-flowing currents:
ISP corresponds to –3 I0 in case of through-flowing current. The zero sequence current
is included in case of an internal fault (from I0 = 1/3 ISP); in case of an external earth
fault, the zero sequence curren t component of the line current s 3 · I0 = (IL1 + IL2 + IL3)
(negative here) is comp ensated by the starpoint current ISP. In this way, almost full
sensitivity (with zero sequence current) is achieved for internal earth faults an d full
elimination of the zero sequence current in case of extern al earth fault s. For consider-
ation of the earth fault current, th e advanced p arameter dif f protection with measured
earth current, side x must be switched on (addresses 1211 DIFFw.IE1-MEAS to
1215 DIFFw.IE5-MEAS = YES).
Even higher earth fault sensitivity during internal earth fault is possible by means of
the restricted earth fault protection (section 2.3).
Starpoint Current
not Available In many cases, however , the starpoin t current is not available. The total summation of
the in-flowing currents is thus not possible because ISP is missing. In order to avoid
false formation of the dif ferential curr ent, the zero se quence current must be eli minat-
ed from the line currents (–IL3 = –3 · I0).
Figure 2-30 shows an example of a YNd5 vector group with earthed starpoint on the
Y-side.
In figure 2-30 on the left side, the zero sequence currents cancel each other because
of the calculation of the current differences. This complies with the fact that zero se-
quence current is not possible outside the delta winding. On the right side, the zero
sequence current must be eliminated if the st arpoin t current cann ot be included. Th is
results from the matrix equation, e.g. for IA:
2.2 Differential Protection
117
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
1/3 · (2 IL1 – 1 IL2 – 1 IL3) = 1/3 · (3 IL1IL1IL2IL3) = 1/3 · (3 IL1 – 3 I0) = (IL1I0).
Zero sequence current elimination achieves that fault currents which flow via the
transformer during earth faults in the network in case of an earth point in the protected
zone (transformer starpoint or starpoint former by neutral earth reactor) are rendered
harmless without any special external measures. Refer e.g. to Figure 2-30: Because
of the earthed starpoint, a zero sequence current occurs on the right side during a
network fault but not on the left side. Comparison of the ph ase cu rr ents, without zero
sequence current elimination and without inclusion of the starpoint current, would
cause a wrong result (current difference in spite of an external fault).
Figure 2-30 Matching the transformer vector group, example YNd5 (magnitudes not consid-
ered)
Figure 2-31 shows an example of an earth fault on the delta side outside the protected
zone if an earthed starpoint former (zigzag winding) is installed within the protected
zone. Here, a zero sequence cu rrent occurs on the right side but not on the left, as
above. If the starpoint former were outside the protected zone (i.e. CTs between
power transformer and starpoint former), the zero sequence current would not pass
through the measuring point (CTs) and would not have any harmful effect.
2 Functions
118 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-31 Example of an earth fault outside the protected transformer with a neutral earth-
ing reactor within the protected zone
The disadvantage of elimination of the zero sequence current is that the pr otection
becomes less sensitive (factor 2/3 because the zero sequence current amounts to 1/3
in case of an earth fault in the protected area. Therefore, elimination is suppressed in
case the starpoint is not earthed (see figure 2-28), or the starpoint current can be in-
cluded (figure 2-29) . If, for exam ple, a surge volt age ar rester is connected to the star-
point, one should do without the ad vantage of that option in order to avoid recognition
of a breakdown o f the surge voltage arrester as an internal fault. For this purpose, the
starpoint of the respective side must be set to Earthed (addresses 313 STARPNT
SIDE 1, 323 STARPNT SIDE 2, 333 STARPNT SIDE 3, 343 STARPNT SIDE 4,
353 STARPNT SIDE 5).
Use on Auto-Trans-
formers In order to achieve comp arable current s for the d iff erential p rotection, all current s are
referred to the win ding (= sid e) with the hig hest power ra ting. This apparent power is
named the rated power of the protected object. If this rated apparent power occurs
several times, the side with the higher nominal current is selected as reference side.
Auto-connected windings in auto-transformers can only be connected Y(N)y0 (figure
2-32). If the starpoint is earthed, all auto-connected windings connected to the system
parts (higher and lower voltage system) are affected. The zero sequence system of
both system parts is coupled because of the common starpoint.
Figure 2-32 Auto-transformer with earthed starpoint
In this case, too, the starpoint current ISP would be re quired for a comp lete trea tment
of all currents flowing into the protected zone. If it is not accessible, the zero sequence
current from the phase currents must be eliminated. This is achieved by the applica-
tion of the matrices with zero sequence current elimination. As for separate windings,
2.2 Differential Protection
119
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
the dif ferential pr otection in case of earth f aults in the pr otected zone is less sensitive
by the factor 2/3, because the zero sequence current is 1/3 of the fault current.
If, however, the starp oint current is accessible and connected to the device, then all
current s flowing in to the protecte d zone are available. The zero sequen ce current s in
the phases will then be cancelled at the externally located earth faults by the sum of
the starpoint current. In case of internally located earth fault, the full sensitivity of the
differential protection is ensured. For consideration of the earth fault current, the ad-
vanced parameter diff protection with measured earth current, side x must be switched
on (addresses 1211 DIFFw.IE1-MEAS to 1215 DIFFw.IE5-MEAS = YES).
Increased earth fault sensitivity during internal fault can be achieved by using the re-
stricted earth fault protection or the high-impedance differential protection.
Auto-transformer
Bank with Current-
sum Comparison
A further possibility to increase the earth fault sensitivity is useful for auto-transformer
banks where 1 single-phase auto-transformers are arranged to a transformer bank. In
this arrangement, single-phase earth faults are the most probable whereas inter-
winding faults (between two windings) can be excluded because of the physical sep-
aration of the three transformers. A current comp arison protection can be built up over
each of the auto-connected windings which compares the currents flowing into the
„total windin g“. Howe ver, a further galvanically sep arated winding (usually delt a wind-
ing), can not be protected by means of this protection method. A further requirement
is that during configuration of the functional scope PROT. OBJECT = Autotr. node
is set and the protection topology is determined accordingly (section 2.1.4, sub-
section „Topology of the Protected Object“ under margin heading „Auto-transformer
Banks“).
Figure 2-33 Auto-transformer bank with current transformer in starpoint connection
Use on Single-
phase Auto-tran s -
formers
Single-phase tran sformer s can be desig ned with one or two windings per side; in the
latter case, the winding phases can be wound on one or two iron cores. In order to
ensure that optimum matching of the currents would be possible, always two mea-
sured current input s shall be used e ven if only one cur rent tran sformer is inst a lled on
one phase. The currents are to be connected to the inputs IL1 and IL3 of the device,
they are designated IL1 and IL3 in the following.
If two winding phases are available, they may be connected either in series (which cor-
responds to a wye-winding) or in p arallel (which corresponds to a delta-win ding). The
phase displacement be tween the windings ca n only be 0° or 180°. Figure 2-34 shows
an example of a single-phase power transformer with two phases per side with the def-
inition of the direc tio n of the cu rr en ts.
2 Functions
120 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-34 Example of a single-phase transformer with current definition
Like with three -phase power transformer s, the cur rent s a re matched b y progr ammed
coefficient matrices which simulate the difference currents in the transformer wind-
ings. The common form of these equations is:
Since the phase displacement between the windings can only be 0° or 180°, matching
is relevant only with respect to the treatment of the zero sequence current (besides
magnitude matching). If a „Starpoint“ of the protected transformer winding is not
earthed (left in figure 2-34), the phase currents can directly be used.
If the „sta rpoint“ is earthed (figure 2 -34 right side), the zero sequence current must be
eliminated unless it can be compen sated by considering the „starpoint current“. By
eliminating the zero sequence current, fault currents which flow through the transform-
er during earth faults in the network in case of an earth point in the protected zone
(transformer st arpoint) are rendered harmless without any special external measur es.
The matrices for the left and the right winding as per figure 2-34 are:
The disadvantage of elimination of the zero sequence current is that the differential
protection becomes less sensitive (by factor 1/2 because the zero sequence current
amounts to 1/2 in case of an earth fault s in the protected zone). Highe r earth fault sen-
sitivity can be achieved if the „starpoint“ current is available, i.e. if a CT is installed in
the „starpoint“ connection to ear th and this current is fed to the device (figure 2-3 5).
For consideration of the earth fault current, the advanced parameter diff protection
with measured earth current, side x must be switched on (addresses 1211
DIFFw.IE1-MEAS to 1215 DIFFw.IE5-MEAS = YES).
Figure 2-35 Example of an earth fault outside a single-phase transformer with current distri-
bution
(Im) = k· (K)· (In)
with
(Im) - matr ix of th e ma tc he d cu rrents IA, IC,
k - constant factor for magnitude matching,
(K) - coefficient matrix,
(In) - matrix of the phas e cu rr en ts IL1, IL3.
2.2 Differential Protection
121
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
The matrix equation in this cases is as follows:
Where ISp is the current measured in the „Starpoint“ connection.
The zero sequence current is not eliminated. Instead of this, for each phase half of the
starpoint current ISP is added. The effect is that the zero sequ ence current is consid-
ered in case of an internal ground faul t (from I0 = –1/2 · ISp), whilst the zero sequence
current is eliminated in case of an external fault because the zero sequence current
on the terminal side 2 · I0 = (IL1 + IL3) compensates for the starpoint current ISp. Almost
full sensitivity (with zero sequence current) is thus achieved for internal earth faults
and full elimination of the zero sequence current in case of external earth faults.
Even higher earth fault sensitivity during internal earth fault is possib l e by mea ns of
the restricted earth fault protection (section 2.3).
2.2.3 Differential Protection for Generators, Motors, and Series Reactors
Matching of the
Measured Values Equal conditions apply for generators, motors, and series reactors. The protected
zone is limited by the set s of current transf ormers at each side of the protected object.
On generators and moto rs, the CT are installed in st arpoint connection at the term inal
side. Since the current direction is normally defined as positive in the dire ction of the
protected object, for differential prote ction schemes, the definitions shown in figure
2-36 apply.
Figure 2 - 36 Definition of current direction with lon gitudinal differential protection
The dif ferential protecti on in 7UT613 /63x refers a ll currents to the rated current of the
protected object. The device is informed about the rated machine dat a during setting :
the rated apparent power, the rated voltage, and the rated currents of the current
transformers. Measured value matching is therefore reduced to magnitude factors.
Transverse Differ-
ential Protection The use as transverse dif fer ential protection involves a special point. For this applica-
tion, the definition of the current direction is shown in figure 2-37.
For transverse differential protection, the phases connected in parallel constitute the
border between th e protected zon e and the network. A dif f erential current ap pears in
this case only, but always, if there is a current difference within the particular parallel
phases so that a fault current in one phase can be assumed.
2 Functions
122 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-37 Definition of current direction with transverse differential protec ti on
The currents flow into the protected object even in case of healthy operation, in con-
trast to all other applications. For this reason, the polarity of one current transformer
set must be reversed, i.e. you must set a „wrong “ polarity, as described in Subsection
2.1.4 under „Current T ransformer Data for 3-Phase Measuring Locations“.
Starpoint Condi-
tioning If the differential pr otection is used as generator or motor protection, the starp oint con-
dition need not be considered even if the starpoint of the machine is earthed (high- or
low-resist ant). The phase current s are a lways equal at both measuring points in case
of an external fault. Wi th internal faults, th e fault current results al ways in a differen tial
current.
Nevertheless, increased earth fault sensitivity can be achieved by the„Restricted Earth
Fault Protection“ (see section 2.3) or the High-impedance Differential Protection“ (see
section 2.7) .
2.2.4 Differential Protection for Shunt Reactors
If current transformers are available for each phase at both sides of a shunt reactor,
the same consid er at ion s ap ply for se rie s rea ct or s.
In most cases, current transformers are installed in the lead phases and in the star-
point connection (see figur e 2-38). In this case, comp arison of the zero sequen ce cur-
rents is reasonable. The „Restricted Earth Fault Protection“ is most suitable for this ap-
plication (see 2.3).
If current transformers are installed in the line at both sides of the connection point of
the reactor (see figure 2-38), the same conditions as for auto-transformers apply . Such
an arrangement is therefore treated like an auto-transformer.
A neutral earthing reactor (starpoint former) outside the protected zone of a power
transformer can be treated as a separate protected object provided it is equipped with
current transformers like a shunt reactor. The difference is that the starpoint former
has a low impedance for zero sequence currents.
2.2 Differential Protection
123
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2 - 38 Definition of current direction on a shunt reactor
2.2.5 Differential Protection for Mini-Busbars and Short Lines
A mini-busbar or branch-point is defined here as a three-phase, coherent piece of con-
ductor which is limited by sets of current transformers. Examples are short stubs or
mini-busbars. The differential protection in this operation mode is not suited to trans-
formers; use the function „Differential Protection for T ransformers“ for this application.
Even for other inductors, like series or shunt reactors, the busbar differential protection
should not be used because of its lower sensitivity.
This operation mode is also suitable for short lines or cables. „Short“ means in this
context that the current transformer connections fr om the CTs to the device do not
cause impermissible load to the current transformers. On the other hand, capacitive
charging current s do not harm this operation because the dif ferential p rotection is nor-
mally less sensitive with this application.
Since the current direction is normally defined as positive in the dir ec tion of th e pr o-
tected object, this results in the definitions as illustrated in figures 2-39 and 2-40.
The models 7UT613 and 7UT63 3 allow mini-busbars with up to 3 feeder or lines with
up to 3 terminals (“Teed lines”) to be protected, 5 feeders can be protected using
7UT635. Fig ur e 2- 4 1 s ho ws the example of a busb ar w ith 4 fe ed er s.
Figure 2 - 39 Definition of current direction at a branch-point (busbar with 2 feeders)
Figure 2 - 40 Definition of current direction at short lines
2 Functions
124 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-41 Definition of current direction at busbar with 4 feeders
The differential protection feature of the 7UT 613/63x refers all currents to the rated
current of the protected object. The device is informed during setting about the rated
current of the protected obje ct (in this case the busbar or line), and about the prim ary
rated CT currents. Measured value matching is therefore reduced to magnitude fac-
tors. The basis for current comparison is the rated busbar current (address 371 I
PRIMARY OP.). If the feeders or ends have differ ent rated currents, the largest of the
three rated cu rrent s is used as the basis for the curre nt compa rison, and a ll other cu r-
rents are converted accordingly. As a rule, no external matchi ng devices are neces-
sary.
Differential Curren t
Monitoring Whereas a high sensitivity of the differential protection is normally required for trans-
formers, reactors, and rotating machines in order to detect even small fault currents,
high fault currents are expected in case of faults on a busbar or a short line so that a
higher pickup threshold (ab ove rated current) is conceded here. T his allows for a con-
tinuous monitoring of the differential currents on a low level. A small differential current
in the range of operational currents indicates a fault in the secondary circuit of the
current transformers.
This monitor operates phase-selectively. When, during normal load conditions, a dif-
ferential current is detected in the order of the load current of a feeder, this indicates
a missing secondary current, i.e. a fault in the secondary current leads (short-circuit or
open-circuit). This condition is annunciated with time delay. The differen tial protection
is blocked in the associated phase at the sa me time.
Feeder Current
Guard With busbars and sh ort lin es, a r elease of the tr ip comm and ca n b e set if a thre shold
is exceeded by one of the incoming curr ents. The three phase currents at each mea-
suring location of the pr otected object are monitored for over- shooting of a set valu e.
Trip command is allowed only when at least one of these currents exceeds a certain
(settable ) threshold.
2.2.6 Single-phase Differential Protection for Busbars
7UT613/63x Depending on the ordered model, it provides 9 or 12 current inputs of
equal design. This allows for a single-phase differential current busbar protection for
up to 9 or 12 feeders.
There are two connection possibilities:
One 7UT613/63x is used for each phase. Each phase of all bu sbar feeders is con-
nected to one phase dedicated device 7UT613/63x.
The three phase currents of each feeder are su mmarised into a single- phase sum-
mation current. These currents are fed to one device per feeder.
2.2 Differential Protection
125
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Phase Dedicated
Connection For each of the phases, a 7UT613/63x is used in case of single-phase connection. The
fault current sensitivity is equal for all types of faults. 7UT613 and 7UT633 are suitable
for up to 9, 7UT635 for up to 12 feeders.
The differential protection feature of the 7UT613/63x refers all currents to the rated
current of the protective object. Therefore, a co mmon rated current must be defined
for the entire busbar even if the feeder CTs have different rated currents. This common
rated current has be en set in address 371 I PRIMARY OP.. It is the maximum of the
rated current s of all feeder s set in the devic e in the data of the protected object. Mea-
sured value matching in the device is th us limited to current quantity factors. No exter-
nal matching devices are necessary even if the feeders and/or the current transformer
sets at the ends of the protected zone have different primary currents.
Figure 2- 42 Single-phase busbar protection, illustrated L1
Connection via
Summation CT One single device 7UT613/63xis sufficient for a busbar with up to 7 feeders if the
device is connected via summation current transformers. The phase current s of each
feeder are converted into single-phase current by means of the summation CTs.
Current summation is asymmetrical; a different sensitivity is thus valid for different
fault types. 7UT613 and 7UT633 are suitable for 9, 7UT635 for 12 feeders.
A common nominal current must be defined fo r the entire busbar. Matching of the cur-
rents can be performed in the summation transformer con nections if the feeder CTs
have different nominal currents. The output of the summation transformers is normally
designed for IM = 100 mA at symmetrical rated busbar current. The nominal current
at the device input INObj= 100 mA is applicable.
2 Functions
126 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-43 Busbar protection with connection via summation current transformers (SCT)
Different schemes are possible for the connection of the current transformers. The
same CT connection method must be used for all feeders of a busbar.
The scheme as illustrated in figure 2-44 is the most commonly used. The three input
windings of the summation transformer are connected to the CT currents IL1, IL3 and
IE. This connection is suit able for all kinds of systems regardless of the conditioning of
the system neutral. It is characterised by an increased sensitivity for earth faults.
Figure 2-44 Summation Transformer Connection L1-L3-E
For a symmetrical three-phase current (where the earth residual component IE = 0)
the single-phase summa tion current is W = 3 times the winding unit value, as shown
in figure 2-45, i.e. the summation flux (ampere turns) is the same as it would be for
single-phase current 3 times the value flowing through the winding with th e least
number of turns (ratio 1). For three-phase symmetrical fault currents equal to rated
current 1 x IN, the secondary single-phase current is IM= 100 mA. All relay character-
istic operating values are based on this type of fault and this current.
2.2 Differential Protection
127
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-45 Summation of the currents in the summation transformer on connection L1-L3-E
For the connectio n L1-L3-E (see figure 2-44), the weighting factors W of the summa-
tion currents IM for the various fault conditions and the ratios to that given by the three-
phase symmetrical fault s are shown in table 2- 5. On the right hand side is the comple -
mentary multiple of rated current IM= 100 mA which W/3 would have to be in order
to arrive at the summation current I1. If the current settin g values are multiplied with
this factor, the actual pickup values result.
Table 2-5 Fault conditions and weighting factors for the CT connection L1-L3-E
The table shows that the diff erential protectio n is more sensitive to earth fa ults and to
double earth faul ts than to th ose without earth p ath com ponent. This incr eased se nsi-
tivity is due to the fact that the summation transformer winding in the CT starpoint con-
nection (IE, residual curr ent (refer to figure 2-44) has the largest number of turn s and
thus the weighting factor W = 3.
If the higher earth current sensitivity is not necessary, connection according to figure
2-46 can be used. T his is reasonable in earthed systems with p articularly low zero se-
quence impedance where earth fault currents may be larger than those under two-
phase fault conditions. With this connection, the values given in Table 2-6 below can
be recalculated for the seven possible fault conditions in solidly earthed networks.
Fault W W/3I1 for IM = 100 mA
L1-L2-L3 (sym.)
L1-L2
L2-L3
L3-L1
L1-E
L2-E
L3-E
3
2
1
1
5
3
4
1,00
1,15
0,58
0,58
2,89
1,73
2,31
1.00 · IN
0.87 · IN
1.73 · IN
1.73 · IN
0.35 · IN
0.58 · IN
0.43 · IN
2 Functions
128 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-46 Summation transformer connection L1-L2-L3 with decreased earth fault sensi-
tivity
Figure 2-47 Summation of the currents in the summation transformer on connection L1-L2-
L3
Table 2-6 Fault conditions and weighting factors for the CT connection L1-L2-L3
Comparison with the values in the table 2-5 or L1-L3-E shows that under earth fault
conditions the weighting factor W is less than with the st andard connection . Thus the
thermal loading is reduced to 36 %, i.e. (1.73/2.89)2.
The described connections are examples. Certain phase preferences (especially in
systems with non-earthed neutral) can be obta ined by cyclic or acyclic exchange of
the phases. Further in crease of th e earth curren t can be performed by introd ucing an
auto-CT in the residual path, as a further possibility.
The type 4AM5120 is recommended for summation current transformers. These
transformers have different input windings which allow for summation of the currents
with the ratio 2 : 1 : 3 as well as matching of different primary currents of the main CTs
to a certain extent. Figu re 2-48 shows the winding arrangement.
The nominal inp ut current of each summatio n CT must match the nominal secondar y
current of the connected main CT set. The output current of the summation CT (= input
Fault W W/3I1 for IM = 100 mA
L1-L2-L3 (sym.)
L1-L2
L2-L3
L3-L1
L1-E
L2-E
L3-E
3
1
2
1
2
1
3
1,00
0,58
1,15
0,58
1,15
0,58
1,73
1.00 ·IN
1.73 ·IN
0.87 IN
1.73 ·IN
0.87 ·IN
1.73 ·IN
0.58 ·IN
2.2 Differential Protection
129
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
current of the 7UT613/63x) amounts to IN= 0.1 A at nominal conditions, with correct
matching.
Figure 2 -48 Winding arrangement of summation and matching transformers 4AM5120
Differential Current
Monitoring Whereas a high sensitivity of the differential protection is normally required for trans-
formers, reactors, and rotating machines in order to detect even small fault currents,
high fault currents are expected in case of faults on a busbar so that a higher pickup
threshold (above rated current) is conceded here. This allows for a continuous moni-
toring of the differential currents on a low level. A small differential current in the range
of operational currents indicates a fault in the secondary circuit of the current trans-
formers.
When, during no rmal load conditions, a differenti al cur re n t is detecte d in the or de r of
the load current of a feeder, this indicates a missing secondary current, i.e. a fault in
the secondary current leads (short- circuit or open-circuit). This conditio n is annunciat-
ed with time delay. The differential protection is blocked at the same time.
Feeder Current
Guard With busbars a release of the trip command can be set if a threshold is exceeded by
one of the incoming currents. The currents of each feeder are monitored for over-
shooting of a set value. Trip command is allowed only when at least one of these cur -
rents exceeds a certain ( settable) threshold.
2.2.7 Setting Notes
General Dif ferential protection is on ly effective and available if this function was set during con-
figuration of the Functional Scope DIFF. PROT. = Enabled (address 112) . If the
function is not required Disabled is to be set.
Additionally, the type of protected object must be decided during configuration (ad-
dress 105 PROT. OBJECT). Only those parameters ar e offered which are reasonable
for the selected type of protected object; all remaining are suppressed.
The differential protection can be switched 1201 or DIFF. PROT. in address ON OFF.
The option Block relay allows to operate the protection but th e tri p ou tput relay is
blocked.
2 Functions
130 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Note
When delivered from factory, the differential protection is switche d OFF. The reason
is that the protection must no t be in operation unless at least the conne ction group (of
a transformer) and the matching factors have been set before . Without proper set-
tings, the device may show unexpected reactions (incl. tripping)!
Starpoint Condi-
tioning If there is a current transformer in the starpoint connection of an earthed transformer
winding, i. e. between starpoint and earth electrode, the starpoint current may be
taken into consideration for calculations of the differential protection. The earth-fault
sensitivity is thus ensured.
If a starpoint is earthed but the earth current is not available, the zero sequence
current is eliminated automatically in order to avoid a faulty reaction by the dif ferential
protection in case of an external earth fault; the following parameters are then omitted.
Equally, the parameters are n ot available for sides of the protected obje ct that are not
earthed. The device has been informed about the earthing conditions during setting of
the object properties (section „Gener al Power System Data“ under margin heading
„Object Data with Transformers“, addresses 313, 323, 333, 343 and/or 353 and
section „Topology of the Protected Object“ under margin heading Assignment of
Further „1-phase Measuring Locations“).
The conclusion is: If the starpoint of a side of the protected power transformer is
earthed and the starpoint current is fed to the device (via a further 1-phase current
input) you can, nevertheless, leave the default setting for inclusion of the earth current
unchanged in address 1211DIFFw.IE1-MEAS for side 1 on „Yes“.
This parameter can only be altered with DIGSI under Additional Settings. The same
considerations apply to any other or additional earthed sides:
1212 DIFFw.IE2-MEAS for side 2 if earthed,
1213 DIFFw.IE3-MEAS for side 3 if earthed,
1214 DIFFw.IE4-MEAS for side 4 if earthed,
1215 DIFFw.IE5-MEAS for side 5 if earthed.
During setting YES the corresponding earth current will be considered by the differen-
tial protection.
In auto-transformers the earth current flowing in the winding can be considered even
if a complete three-phase CT set has been installed as illustrated in figure 2-6, where
instead of measuring location Z3 also the three phase current s can be connected to a
three-phase measuring inpu t of the device. The device then calcu lates the sum of the
three currents and uses it as earth current. Set address 1216 DIFFw.IE3phMEAS to
YES. It is required to assign the respective three-phase measuring location to one side
and to declare it as earth winding (the side of the auto-connected winding facing the
earth electrode). This parameter can only be altered in DIGSI at Display Additional
Settings.
2.2 Differential Protection
131
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Differential Current
Monitoring With b usbar pr otection or short-line pr otection differential current can be monitored.
At address 1208 I-DIFF> MON. the monitoring can be set to ON and OFF. Its use is
only sensible if one can distin guish clearly between operatio nal error current s caused
by missing transformer currents and fault currents caused by a fault in the protected
object.
The pickup valu e I-DIFF> MON. (address 1281) must be high enough to avoid a
pickup caused by a tra nsformation er ror of the current transformers and by minimum
mismatching of diffe rent current transformers. On the other hand, the pickup value
must lie clearly below the dif ferential protection (I-DIFF>, address 1221); otherwise
no differentiation between operational errors caused by missing secondary currents
and fault currents due to short-circuit in the protecte d object would be possible. The
pickup value is referred to the rated current of the protected object. Time delay
T I-DIFF> MON. (a dd re ss 1282) applies to the annunciation and blocking of the
diff erential protection. This setting ensures that blocking with the presence of faults
(even of external ones) is avoided. The ti me delay usually amount s to a few seconds.
Feeder Current
Guard With busbars and short lines a release of the trip command can be set if one of the
incoming current s is exceeded. Th e differential protection only trip s if one of the mea-
sured current s exceeds the threshold I> CURR. GUARD (address 1210). The pickup
value is referred to the rated current of the respective side. With setting 0.00 I/InS (pre-
setting) this release criterion will not be used.
If the feeder current guard is set (i. e. to a value of > 0), the differential protection will
not trip before th e release criterion is given. This is also the case if, in conjunction with
very high dif ferentia l current s, the extremel y fast inst antaneous value scheme has de-
tected the fault already after a few milliseconds.
Trip Charact e ri st ic
Differential Current The parameters of the tripping characteristic are set in addresses 1221 to 1265.
Figure 2-49 illustrates the meaning of the different settings. The numbers at the dif fer-
ent branches of the characteristic signify the addresses of the settings.
I-DIFF> (address 1221) is the pickup value of the differential current. This is the total
fault current into the protected object, regardless of the way this is distributed between
the sides. The pickup value is referred to the rated current of the protected object. You
may select a high sensitivity (small pickup value) for transform e rs (pr ese tt ing
0.2 · INObj
). With reactors, generators and motors the sensitivity can be set even
higher , provide d that the current transformer set s are of similar design. A higher value
(above rated curr ent) should be selecte d for li nes and busbar s. Higher measuring tol-
erances must be expected if the rated currents of the current transformers differ ex-
tensively from the rated cur rent of the protected object, or if there are mu ltiple measur-
ing locations.
In case of busbars and short lines, the through-flowing current can increase substan-
tially, depending on the system. The unstable I-DIFF>> stage could trip. In such
cases I-DIFF>> should be set to .
2 Functions
132 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
Figure 2-49 Tripping characteristic of the differential protection
The tripping characte ristic comprise s two further branches. The base point of the first
branch is determined by address 1242 BASE POINT 1 and its slope by address 1241
SLOPE 1. This parameter can only be set with DIGSI under Additional Settings. This
branch covers current-proportional errors. These are mainly errors of the main current
transformers and, in case of power transformers with tap changers, differential cur-
rents which occur due to the transformer regulating ran ge.
The percent age of this diff erential current in this latte r case is equal to the per centage
of the regulating range provided the rated voltage is corrected according to the de-
scription of the 2.1.4 in „Object Data with Transformers“.
The second branch produces a high er restraint in the range of high currents which
may lead to current transformer saturation. Its base point is set at address 1244 BASE
POINT 2 and is referred to the rated ob ject current. The slope is set at address 1243
SLOPE 2. The restraint during current transformer saturation can be influenced by this
parameter branch. A higher gradient results in a higher restraint. This parameter can
only be set with DIGSI at Additional Settings.
Delay Times In special cases it may be advant ag eous to delay th e trip signal of the dif ferential pr o-
tection. For this, an additional delay can be set. The delay time1226 T I-DIFF> is
started if an internal fault in the protected object has been detected by the IDIFF>-stage
and the trip characteristic. 1236 T I-DIFF>> is the time delay for the trippi ng stage
I-DIFF>>. This paramete r can on ly be set with DIGSI at Additional Settings. The
dropout time of all stages is determined by the minimum trip time duration of all pro-
tection functions.
All setting times are additional delay tim es which do not include the operating times
(measuring time, dropout time) of the protective function.
2.2 Differential Protection
133
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
The increase of th e
pickup value on
startup
The increase of the pickup value on startup serves as an additional safety against
overfunctio n ing whe n a no n- en e rg ise d pr ot ection object is conn ec te d. At add re ss
1205 INC.CHAR.START it can be switched to ON or OFF. Especially for motors or mo-
tor/transformer units in block connection it should be set to ON.
The restraint current value I-REST. STARTUP (address 1251) is the value of the re-
straining current which is likely to be undershot before st a rtup of the pr otected object
takes place. This parameter can only be set with DIGSI at Additional Settings.
Please be aware of the fact that the restraint current is twice the traversing operational
current. The pre-set value of 0.1 represent s 0.05 times the rated current of the protect-
ed object.
Address 1252 START-FACTOR determines by which factor the pickup value of the Diff>
stage is to be increased on startup. The characteristic of this stage increases by the
same factor. The IDiff>> stage is not affected. For motors or motor/transformer in unit
connection, a value of 2 is normally adequate. This parameter can only be set with
DIGSI under Additional Settings.
The increase of the pickup value is set back to its original value after time period T
START MAX (address 1253) has passed.
Add-on Restraint In systems with very high traversing currents a dynamic add-on restraint is enabled for
external faults. The initial value is set at address 1261 I-ADD ON STAB.. The value
is referred to the rated current of the protected object. The slope is the same as for
characteristic branch b (SLOPE 1, address 1241). This parameter can only be set with
DIGSI at Additional Settings. Please note that the fact that the restraint current is the
arithmetical sum of the currents flowin g into the protected object, i.e. it is twice the tra-
versing current. The additional stabilisation does not influence the stage I-DIFF>>.
The maximum duration of the add-on restraint af ter detection of an external fault is set
to multiples of an AC-cycle (address 1262 T ADD ON-STAB.). This parameter can
only be set with DIGSI at Additional Settings. The add-on restraint is disabled auto-
matically even before the set time period expi res as soo n as the device has de tected
that the operation pointIdiff/Istab stationary (i.e. via at least one cycle) within the tripping
zone near the fa ult characteristic ( 80 % of the fault characteristic slope).
Add-on restraint operates individually per phase, but blocking can be extended to all
three phases (so-called crossblock function). By means of address 1263 CROSSB.
ADD ON it can be determ ine d ho w lon g th e cro ss blo ck sh ou ld be effective. This pa-
rameter can only be set with DIGSI at Additional Settings. Here, too, setting is in mul-
tiple of one AC-cycle. If 0 Per . cycle is set, crossblock is ineffective, i.e. only the phase
with detected external fault will be blocked. Otherwise all phases will be blocked. in
this case the same setting as for 1262 T ADD ON-STAB. is advisable. When set to
, the crossblock function is always effective.
Harmonic Restraint Restraint with harmonic content is available only when the device is used as trans-
former protection, i.e. the PROT. OBJECT (address 105) is a 3 phase transf. or
1 phase transf. or Autotransf. or Autotr. node. This function is also used
for shunt reactors if current transformers are installed at both sides of the connection
points.
The inrush restraint function with 2nd harmonic can be switched in address 1206
INRUSH 2.HARM. OFF and ON. It is based on evaluation of the 2nd harmonic present
in the switch-on inrush current. The ratio of 2nd har monics to the fundamental (ad-
dress 1271, 2. HARMONIC) is set to I2fN/IfN = 15 % as default setting. It can be used
without being changed. To provide more restraint in exceptional cases, where ener-
gising conditions are particularly unfavourable, a smaller value can be set at the afore-
2 Functions
134 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
mentioned address. The restraint with harmonics does not influence the stage I-
DIFF>>.
The inrush restraint can be extended by the so-called "crossblock" fu nction. This
means that on harmonic con tent overshoot in only one phase all three phases of the
differential stage IDIFF> stage are blocked. The duratio n for which the cro ssblock func-
tion is active can be limited at address 1272 CROSSB. 2. HARM. Setting is in multiple
of the AC-cycle. This parame ter can only be set with DIGSI at Additional Settings. If
set to 0 (pre-setting is 3) the protection can trip when the transfo rmer is switched on
a single-phase fault even while the other phases carry inrush current. If set to the
crossblock function remains effective for as long as high-order harmonics are detected
in any phase.
Apart fr om the seco nd har moni c, the 7 UT613 /6 3x can provide re straint with a fur ther
harmonic. Address 1207 RESTR. n.HARM. is used to disable this harmonics re-
straint, or to select the harmonic for it. Available for selection are the 3. Harmonic
and the 5. Harmonic.
S teady-state overexcitation of transformers is characterised by odd harmonic content.
The 3rd or 5th harmonic is suitable to detect overexcitation. As the third harmonic is
often eliminated in transformers (e.g. in a delta winding), the fifth harmonic is more
commonly used.
Converter transformers also produce odd harmonics which are practically absent in
the case of an internal short-circuit.
The harmonic content intended for blocking the dif ferential protection is set at address
1276 n. HARMONIC. For example, if the 5th harmonic restraint is used to avoid trip
during overexcitation, 30 % (defau lt setting) are convenient.
Harmonic restraint with the n-th harmonic operates individually per phase. However,
it is also possible – as it is for the inrush restraint – to set the protection in such manner
that not only the phase with harmo nic content overshoot but also the other phases of
the differential stage I-DIFF> are blocked (so-called "crossblock" function). The du-
ration for which the crossblock function is active can be limited at address 1277
CROSSB. n.HARM. Setting is in multiple of the AC-cycle. This parameter can only be
set with DIGSI at Additional Settings. If set to 0 the crossblock func tion remains ef-
fective for as long as high-ord er harmonics are detected in an y phase. When set to ,
the crossblock function is always active. .
If the differential current exceeds the magnitude set at address 1278 IDIFFmax
n.HM no n-th harmonic restraint takes place. This parameter can only be altered in
DIGSI at Display Additional Settings.
Note
The current values I/INO in the settings overview below always refer to the rated
current of the main protected object. The current values I/INS always refe r to the rated
current of the relevant side of the main protected object.
2.2 Differential Protection
135
7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.2.8 Settings
Addresses which have an appended "A" can only be changed with DIGSI, under Ad-
ditional Settings.
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments
1201 DIFF. PROT. OFF
ON
Block relay
OFF Differential Protection
1205 INC.CHAR.START OFF
ON OFF Increase of Trip Char. During Start
1206 INRUSH 2.HARM. OFF
ON ON Inrush with 2. Harmonic Restraint
1207 RESTR. n.HARM. OFF
3. Harmonic
5. Harmonic
OFF n-th Harmonic Restraint
1208 I-DIFF> MON. OFF
ON ON Differential Current monitoring
1210 I> CURR. GUARD 0.20 .. 2.00 I/InS; 0 0.00 I/InS I> for Current Guard
1211A DIFFw.IE1-MEAS NO
YES NO Diff-Prot. with meas. Earth Current S1
1212A DIFFw.IE2-MEAS NO
YES NO Diff-Prot. with meas. Earth Current S2
1213A DIFFw.IE3-MEAS NO
YES NO Diff-Prot. with meas. Earth Current S3
1214A DIFFw.IE4-MEAS NO
YES NO Diff-Prot. with meas. Earth Current S4
1215A DIFFw.IE5-MEAS NO
YES NO Diff-Prot. with meas. Earth Current S5
1216A DIFFw.IE3phMEAS NO
YES NO Diff-Prot.with meas.current earth.electr
1221 I-DIFF> 0.05 .. 2.00 I/InO 0.20 I/InO Pickup Value of Differential Curr.
1226A T I-DIFF> 0.00 .. 60.00 sec; 0.00 sec T I-DIFF> Time Delay
1231 I-DIFF>> 0.5 .. 35.0 I/InO; 7.5 I/InO Pickup Value of High Set Trip
1236A T I-DIFF>> 0.00 .. 60.00 sec; 0.00 sec T I-DIFF>> Time Delay
1241A SLOPE 1 0.10 .. 0.50 0.2 5 Slope 1 of Tripping Characteristic
1242A BASE POINT 1 0.00 .. 2.00 I/InO 0.00 I/InO Base Point for Slope 1 of Charac.
1243A SLOPE 2 0.25 .. 0.95 0.5 0 Slope 2 of T ripping Characteristic
1244A BASE POINT 2 0.00 .. 10.00 I/InO 2.50 I/InO Base Point for Slope 2 of Charac.
1251A I-REST. STARTUP 0.00 .. 2.00 I/InO 0.10 I/InO I-RESTRAINT for Start Detection
1252A START-F ACTOR 1.0 .. 2.0 1.0 Factor for Increasing of Char. at S tart
1253 T START MAX 0.0 .. 180.0 sec 5.0 sec Maximum Permissible Starting Time
1261A I-ADD ON STAB. 2.00 .. 15.00 I/InO 4.00 I/InO Pickup for Add-on Stabilization
1262A T ADD ON-STAB. 2 .. 250 Cycle ; 15 Cycle Duration of Add-on Stabilization
1263A CROSSB. ADD ON 2 .. 1000 Cycle; 0; 15 Cycle Time for Cross-blocking Add-on Stabiliz.
2 Functions
136 7UT613/63x Manual
C53000-G1176-C160-2
2.2.9 Information List
1271 2. HARMONIC 10 .. 80 % 15 % 2nd Harmonic Content in I-DIFF
1272A CROSSB. 2. HARM 2 .. 1000 Cycle; 0; 3 Cycle Time for Cross-blocking 2nd Harm.
1276 n. HARMONIC 10 .. 80 % 30 % n-th Harmonic Content in I-DIFF
1277A CROSSB. n.HARM 2 .. 1000 Cycle; 0; 0 Cycle Time for Cross-blocking n-th Harm.
1278A IDIFFmax n.HM 0.5 .. 20.0 I/InO 1.5 I/InO Limit IDIFFmax of n-th Harm.Restraint
1281 I-DIFF> MON. 0.15 .. 0.80 I/InO 0.20 I/InO Pickup Value of dif f. C urr en t Mo ni toring
1282 T I-DIFF> MON. 1 .. 10 sec 2 sec T I-DIFF> Monitoring Time Del ay
No. Information Type of In-
formation Comments
5603 >Diff BLOCK SP >BLOCK dif ferential pr ot ection
5615 Diff OFF OUT Differential protection is switched OFF
5616 Diff BLOCKED OUT Differential prot ection is BLOCKED
5617 Diff ACTIVE OUT Differential protection is ACTIVE
5620 Diff Adap.fact. OUT Diff err.: adverse Adaption factor CT
5631 Diff picked up OUT Differential protection picked up
5644 Diff 2.Harm L1 OUT Diff: Blocked by 2.Harmon. L1
5645 Diff 2.Harm L2 OUT Diff: Blocked by 2.Harmon. L2
5646 Diff 2.Harm L3 OUT Diff: Blocked by 2.Harmon. L3
5647 Diff n.Harm L1 OUT Diff: Blocked by n.Harmon. L1
5648 Diff n.Harm L2 OUT Diff: Blocked by n.Harmon. L2
5649 Diff n.Harm L3 OUT Diff: Blocked by n.Harmon. L3
5651 Diff Bl. exF.L1 OUT Diff. prot.: Blocked by ext. fault L1
5652 Diff Bl. exF.L2 OUT Diff. prot.: Blocked by ext. fault L2
5653 Diff Bl. exF.L3 OUT Diff. prot.: Blocked by ext. fault.L3
5657 DiffCrosBlk 2HM OUT Diff: Crossblock by 2.Harmonic
5658 DiffCrosBlk nHM OUT Diff: Crossblock by n.Harmonic
5660 DiffCrosBlk exF OUT Diff: Crossblock by ext. fault
5662 Block Iflt.L1 OUT Diff. prot.: Blocked by CT fault L1
5663 Block Iflt.L2 OUT Diff. prot.: Blocked by CT fault L2
5664 Block Iflt.L3 OUT Diff. prot.: Blocked by CT fault L3
5666 DiffStrtInChaL1 OUT Diff: Increase of char. phase (start) L1
5667 DiffStrtInChaL2 OUT Diff: Increase of char. phase (start) L2
5668 DiffStrtInChaL3 OUT Diff: Increase of char. phase (start) L3
5670 Diff I-Release OUT Diff: Curr-Release for Trip
5671 Diff TRIP OUT Differential protection TRIP
5672 Diff TRIP L1 OUT Differential protection: TRIP L1
5673 Diff TRIP L2 OUT Differential protection: TRIP L2
5674 Diff TRIP L3 OUT Differential protection: TRIP L3
5681 Diff> L1 OUT Diff. prot.: IDIFF> L1 (without Tdelay)
5682 Diff> L2 OUT Diff. prot.: IDIFF> L2 (without Tdelay)
5683 Diff> L3 OUT Diff. prot.: IDIFF> L3 (without Tdelay)
Addr. Parameter Setting Options Default Setting Comments